10-K

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021

Commission File Number 000-51371

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New Jersey	57-1150621
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(IRS Employer Identification No.)

14 Sylvan Way, Suite A

Parsippany, NJ 07054

(Address of principal executive offices)

(973) 736-9340

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol	Name of exchange on which registered
Common Stock, no par value per share	LINC	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ☐  No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  ☐ No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ☒ No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”  “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ☐	Accelerated filer  ☒	Non-accelerated filer ☐	Smaller reporting company ☒
			Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐  No  ☒

The aggregate market value of the 21,542,068 shares of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $167,597,289. This amount is based on the closing price of the common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market of $7.78 per share on that date.  Shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors and persons who own 5% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded since such persons may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for any other purpose.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 1, 2022 was 27,449,203.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Certain information required in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be included in a definitive proxy statement for the registrant’s annual meeting of shareholders or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in either case filed with the Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2021, and is incorporated by reference herein.

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021

PART I.			1
	ITEM 1.	BUSINESS	1
	ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	23
	ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	34
	ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES	35
	ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	35
	ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	36
PART II.			36
	ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	36
	ITEM 6.	[RESERVED]	36
	ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	37
	ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	47
	ITEM 8	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA	47
	ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE	47
	ITEM 9A.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	47
	ITEM 9B.	OTHER INFORMATION	48
	ITEM 9C.	DISCLOSURES REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS	48
PART III.			48
	ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	48
	ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	48
	ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	48
	ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE	48
	ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	48
PART IV.			49
	ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES	49
	ITEM 16.	FORM 10-K SUMMARY	50

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents incorporated by reference contain “forward-looking statements,” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which include information relating to future events, future financial performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment, regulation and availability of resources. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs; expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will or will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity; statements concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or forecasts as to our business, financial and operating results and future economic performance; and statements of management’s goals and objectives and other similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” and similar expressions, as well as statements in future tense, identify forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and/or management’s good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

• our failure to comply with the extensive existing regulatory framework applicable to our industry or our failure to obtain timely regulatory approvals in connection with a change of control of our company or acquisitions;

• the promulgation of new regulations in our industry as to which we may find compliance challenging;

• our success in updating and expanding the content of existing programs and developing new programs in a cost-effective manner or on a timely basis;

• our ability to implement our strategic plan;

• risks associated with changes in applicable federal laws and regulations including pending rulemaking by the U.S. Department of Education;

• uncertainties regarding our ability to comply with federal laws and regulations regarding the 90/10 Rule and cohort default rates;

• risks associated with maintaining accreditation;

• risks associated with opening new campuses and closing existing campuses;

• risks associated with integration of acquired schools;

• industry competition;

• the effect of public health outbreaks, epidemics and pandemics including, without limitation, COVID-19

conditions and trends in our industry;

• general economic conditions; and

• other factors discussed under the headings “Business,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made.  Except as required under the federal securities laws and rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, we undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information.  We caution you not to unduly rely on the forward-looking statements when evaluating the information presented herein.

PART I.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  The Company, which currently operates 22 campuses in 14 states, offers programs in skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electrical and electronic systems technology, among other programs), automotive technology, healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant and medical administrative assistant, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and information technology (which consists of information technology programs).  The schools operate under Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of the campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of the campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. The Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of the campuses are nationally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs administered by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid. The Company was incorporated in New Jersey in 2003 as the successor-in-interest to various acquired schools including Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. which opened its first campus in Newark, New Jersey in 1946.

Our business is organized into two reportable business segments: (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, and (b) Healthcare and Other Professions.  As of December 31, 2021, we had 13,059 students enrolled at 22 campuses.  Our average enrollment for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 12,899 students, which represented an increase of 10.0% from average enrollment in 2020, excluding in each of 2021 and 2020, 45 and 375 students on leave of absence due to COVID-19.  For the year ended December 31, 2021, our revenues were $335.3 million, which represented an increase of 14.4% over the prior year.  For more information relating to our revenues, profits and financial condition, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We believe that we provide our students with the highest quality career-oriented training available for our areas of study in our markets thereby serving students, local employers and their communities. We offer programs in areas of study that we believe are typically underserved by traditional providers of post-secondary education and for which we believe there exists significant demand among students and employers. Furthermore, we believe our convenient class scheduling, career-focused curricula and emphasis on job placement offer our students valuable advantages that have been previously unaddressed by the traditional academic sector. By combining substantial distance training with traditional classroom-based training led by experienced instructors, we believe we offer our students a unique opportunity to develop practical job skills in many of the key areas of expected job demand. We believe these job skills enable our students to compete effectively for employment opportunities and to pursue salary and career advancement.

Business Strategy

We strive to strengthen our position as a leading provider of career‑oriented post-secondary education by continuing to pursue the following strategy:

• Replicate Programs and Expand Existing Areas of Study.  Whenever possible, we seek to replicate programs across our campuses.  In addition, we believe we can leverage our operations to expand our program offerings in existing areas of study and new high-demand areas of study in both of our segments. The skills gap continues to expand as talent retires faster than new employees are hired and as the need for education and training increases in all careers with the accelerating pace of technological change.

• Maximize Utilization of Existing Facilities.  We are focused on improving capacity utilization of existing facilities through increased enrollments, the introduction of new programs and partnerships with industry.  In addition, we see opportunities to reduce our real estate needs with the advancement of blended in-person and virtual training that we expect to roll out over the next two years.

• Expand Geographically.  We plan to deploy our resources to strengthen our brand, invest in new programs and seek opportunities to expand our footprint into new markets.  We have a solid portfolio of corporate and industry partners requesting that we explore new geographies to serve them better. Regardless of whether we expand our current campuses to take advantage of the operating leverage or establish new campuses, our goal is to remain competitive and prudently deploy our resources. Our expansion plans may be achieved organically through the opening of new campuses with existing resources or through acquisitions.

1

• Expand Teaching Platform.  Using the lessons learned from the COVID-19 pandemic, we believe we can continue to transform our in-person education model to a hybrid in-person/virtual training model that combines instructor-facilitated online teaching and demonstrations with hands-on labs. Blended learning provides students with greater flexibility and convenience which should help us attract more students.  Moreover, we believe blended learning will create operating efficiencies that will enable us to contain tuition increases over the coming years and thus provide our students with a higher return on investment in their education.

• Expand Market. We know that many potential students do not have the time and resources to take a one-year program in order to get into the workforce. Consequently, we are exploring opportunities that for programs that are shorter in duration and less expensive but more intensive providing skills sufficient to gain employment. We are developing programs internally as well as in concert with industry partners.

Programs and Areas of Study

We structure our program offerings to provide our students with a practical, career-oriented education and position them for attractive entry-level job opportunities in their chosen fields. Our diploma/certificate programs typically take between 19 to 136 weeks to complete, with tuition ranging from $7,000 to $45,000.  Our associate’s degree programs typically take between 64 to 98 weeks to complete, with tuition ranging from $28,000 to $38,000.  As of December 31, 2021, all of our schools offer diploma and certificate programs and nine of our schools are currently approved to offer associate’s degree programs.  In order to accommodate the schedules of our students and maximize classroom utilization at some of our campuses, we typically offer courses four to five days a week in three shifts per day and start new classes every month.  We update and expand our programs frequently to reflect the latest technological advances in the field, providing our students with the specific skills and knowledge required in the current marketplace. Classroom instruction combines lectures and demonstrations by our experienced faculty with comprehensive hands-on laboratory exercises in simulated workplace environments.

2

The following table lists the programs offered as of December 31, 2021:

Current Programs Offered
Area of Study	Associate’s Degree	Diploma and Certificate
Skilled Trades	Electronic Engineering Technology, Electronics Systems Service Management	Electrical & Electronics Systems Technology, Electrician Training, HVAC, Welding Technology, Welding and Metal Fabrication Technology, Welding with Introduction to Pipefitting, CNC Maching and Manufacturing, Advanced Manufacturing with Robotics
Automotive	Automotive Service Management, Collision Repair & Refinishing Service Management,  Diesel & Truck Service Management, Heavy Equipment Maintenance Service Management	Automotive Mechanics, Automotive Technology, Automotive Technology with Audi, Automotive Technology with BMW FastTrack, Automotive Technology with Mopar X-Press, Automotive Technology with High Performance, Automotive Technology with Volkswagen, Collision Repair and Refinishing Technology, Diesel & Truck Mechanics, Diesel & Truck Technology, Diesel & Truck Technology with Alternate Fuel Technology, Diesel & Truck Technology with Transport Refrigeration, Diesel & Truck with Automotive Technology,  Heavy Equipment Maintenance Technology, Heavy Equipment and Truck Technology
Health Sciences	Medical Assisting Technology	Medical Office Assistant, Medical Assistant, Patient Care Technician,  Medical Coding & Billing, Dental Assistant, Licensed Practical Nursing
Hospitality Services		Culinary Arts & Food Services, Cosmetology, Aesthetics, International Baking and Pastry, Nail Technology, Therapeutic Massage & Bodywork Technician
Information Technology	Computer Networking and Support	Computer & Network Support Technician, Computer Systems Support Technician

Skilled Trades.    For the year ended December 31, 2021, skilled trades were our largest area of study, representing 36% of our total average student enrollment.  Our skilled trades programs are 28 to 98 weeks in length, with tuition rates ranging from $18,000 to $33,000. Our skilled trades programs include electrical, heating and air conditioning repair, welding, computerized numerical control and electronic and electronic systems technology. Graduates of our programs are qualified to obtain entry-level employment positions such as electrician, CNC machinist, cable installer, welder, wiring and heating, ventilating and air conditioning, or HVAC installer. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of employers, including residential and commercial construction, telecommunications installation companies and architectural firms. As of December 31, 2021, we offered skilled trades programs at 15 campuses.

Automotive Technology.    Automotive technology is our second largest area of study, with 30% of our total average student enrollment for the year ended December 31, 2021. Our automotive technology programs are 28 to 136 weeks in length, with tuition rates ranging from $15,000 to $45,000. We believe we are a leading provider of automotive technology education in each of our local markets. Graduates of our programs are qualified to obtain entry-level employment ranging from positions as technicians and mechanics to various apprentice level positions. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of companies, ranging from automotive and diesel dealers, to independent auto body paint and repair shops to trucking and construction companies.  As of December 31, 2021, we offered programs in automotive technology at 12 campuses and most of these campuses offered other technical programs as well. Our campuses in East Windsor, Connecticut; Nashville, Tennessee; Grand Prairie, Texas; Indianapolis, Indiana; and Denver, Colorado are destination campuses, attracting students throughout the United States and, in some cases, from abroad.

Health Sciences.    For the year ended December 31, 2021, 25% of our total average student enrollment was in our health science program. Our health science programs are 27 to 104 weeks in length, with tuition rates ranging from $15,000 to $30,000. Graduates of our programs are qualified to obtain positions such as licensed practical nurse, registered nurse, dental assistant, medical assistant, medical administrative assistant, and claims examiner. Our graduates are employed by a wide variety of employers, including hospitals, laboratories, insurance companies, and doctors’ offices. Our practical nursing and medical assistant programs are our largest health science programs. As of December 31, 2021, we offered health science programs at 11 of our campuses.

3

Hospitality Services.    For the year ended December 31, 2021, 7% of our total average student enrollment was in our hospitality services programs. Our hospitality services programs are 19 to 88 weeks in length, with tuition rates ranging from $7,000 to $22,000.  Our hospitality programs include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics.  Graduates work in salons, spas, cruise ships or are self-employed.  We offer massage programs at three campus and cosmetology programs at one campus.  Our culinary graduates are employed by restaurants, hotels, cruise ships and bakeries.  As of December 31, 2021, we offered culinary programs at two campuses.

Information Technology.    For the year ended December 31, 2021, 2% of our total average student enrollment was in our information technology programs. Our information technology programs are 42 to 78 weeks in length, with tuition rates of $20,000 to $30,000.  We have focused our current information technology, or IT, program offerings on those that are most in demand, such as our computer and network support technician. Our graduates obtain entry-level positions with both small and large corporations.  As of December 31, 2021, we offered these programs at six of our campuses.

Marketing and Student Recruitment

We utilize a variety of marketing and recruiting methods to attract students and increase enrollment. Our marketing and recruiting efforts are targeted at prospective students who are high school graduates entering the workforce, or who are currently underemployed or unemployed and require additional training to enter or re-enter the workforce.

Marketing and Advertising.    We utilize a fully integrated marketing approach in our lead generation and admissions process that includes the use of traditional media such as television, radio, billboards, direct mail, a variety of print media and event marketing campaigns intended to raise brand awareness. In addition, we continually grow and enhance our digital marketing efforts, which include paid search, search engine optimization, online video and display advertising and social media channels. These channels currently drive the majority of our new student leads and enrollments. Our fully integrated marketing campaigns direct prospective students to contact us directly, visit the Lincoln website or other customized landing pages on the internet where they will find details regarding our programs and campuses and can request additional information regarding the programs that interest them.  Our internal systems enable us to closely monitor and track the effectiveness of each marketing execution on a daily or weekly basis and make adjustments accordingly to enhance our efficiency and limit our student acquisition costs.

Referrals.    Referrals from current students, high school counselors and satisfied graduates and their employers have historically represented 16% of our new student starts. In fiscal year 2021, referrals were approximately 14% of our new student starts which decrease we attribute to the impact of Covid-19.  Our school administrators actively work with our current students to encourage them to recommend our programs to prospective students. We endeavor to build and retain strong relationships with high school guidance counselors and instructors by offering annual seminars at our training facilities to further familiarize these individuals on the strengths of our programs.

Recruiting.    Our recruiting efforts are conducted by a group of approximately 250 campus-based and field representatives who meet directly with prospective students during presentations conducted at high schools, in the prospective students’ homes or during a visit to one of our campuses.  We also recruit adult career-seekers or career-changers through our campus based representatives.

During fiscal year 2021, we recruited approximately 22% of our students directly out of high school.  Field sales continue to be a large part of our business and developing local community relationships is one of our most important functions.

Student Admissions, Enrollment and Retention

Admissions.    In order to attend our schools, students must have either a high school diploma or a high school equivalency certificate (or General Education Development Certificate, GED). In addition, students must complete an admissions interview and complete a learner assessment. We take admissions requirements very seriously as they are the best indicators of our students’ likelihood for program success and completion thus leading to successful employment in the industry. The learner assessment is a questionnaire designed to discover student challenges and address them prior to attending. While each of our programs has different admissions criteria, we screen all applications and counsel prospective students on the most appropriate program to increase the likelihood that our students complete the requisite coursework and obtain and sustain employment following graduation.

Enrollment.    We enroll students continuously throughout the year, with our largest classes enrolling in late summer or early fall following high school graduation. As of December 31, 2021, we had 13,059 students enrolled at 22 campuses and our average enrollment for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 12,899 students which represented an increase of 10.0% from average enrollment in 2020 excluding 45 and 375 students enrolled in each of 2021 and 2020, respectively, who were on leave of absence due to COVID-19.

4

Retention.    To maximize student retention, the staff at each school is trained to recognize the early warning signs of a potential drop in retention and to assist and advise students on academic, financial and employment matters. We monitor our retention rates by instructor, course, program and school. When we become aware that a particular instructor or program is experiencing a higher than normal dropout rate, we quickly seek to determine the cause of the problem and attempt to correct it. When we identify that a student is experiencing difficulty academically, we offer tutoring. As we moved to online delivery of instruction we saw a slight decline in our student retention rate but we believe this is temporary and will improve as our as faculty become better skilled at online delivery and to ensure that this happens we have developed online teacher training for all faculty.

Job Placement

We believe that assisting our graduates in securing employment after completing their program of study is critical to our mission as a post-secondary educational institution as well as to our ability to attract high quality students and enhance our reputation in the industry.  In addition, we believe that high job placement rates result in low student loan default rates, an important requirement for continued participation in Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“Title IV Programs”). See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment—Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs.”  Accordingly, we dedicate significant resources to maintaining an effective graduate placement program. Our non-destination schools work closely with local employers to ensure that we are training students with skills that local employers seek. Each school has an advisory council comprised of local employers who provide us with direct feedback on how well we are preparing our students to succeed in the workplace. This enables us to tailor our programs to the marketplace. The placement staff in each of our destination schools maintains databases of potential employers throughout the country, allowing us to more effectively assist our graduates in securing employment in their career field upon graduation. Throughout each year, we hold numerous job fairs at our facilities where we provide the opportunity for our students to meet and interact with potential employers.  In addition, many of our schools have internship programs that provide our students with opportunities to work with employers prior to graduation. For example, some of the students in our automotive programs have the opportunity to complete a portion of their hands-on training in an actual work environment. In addition, some of our students in health sciences programs are required to participate in an externship program during which they work in the field as part of their career training. We also assist students with resume writing, interviewing and other job search skills.

Human Capital Management

Overview

We believe that each of our employees plays an important role in our enterprise.  This is particularly true of our faculty.  We are focused on attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel needed to support our objectives of providing superior education in the programs that our schools provide.  We believe that diversity and inclusion of our personnel is an essential component for providing a meaningful student experience by drawing upon a variety of backgrounds and experiences.

As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately 2,056 employees, including 536 full-time instructors and 384 part-time instructors, and approximately 1,136 employees serving in various administrative and management positions.  We had no seasonal workers. The number of individuals comprising our workforce has increased by approximately 6.4% in the most recent year.

Our Board of Directors regularly reviews with management the following areas regarding our human capital management:

Staffing Our Schools

Our schools typically are staffed by a school president, a director of career services, a director of education, a director of financial-aid, a director of administrative services, a director of admissions and, of course, a variety of instructors, all of whom are industry professionals with experience in the areas of study at that particular school.

Our average student/teacher ratio is approximately 16 to 1, however, in fiscal year 2021, our average in-person student/teacher ratio has remained lower than our typical ratio due to ongoing social distancing requirements necessitated by COVID-19 which varied on a state-by-state basis.

Diversity and Inclusion

We strive to create a culture of diversity and inclusion through our human capital management practices.  The achievement of workforce diversity is one important goal in the outreach efforts for recruitment of professionals.  As a result, since January 1, 2017, our diverse workforce percentage has increased from 33.5% to 40.8%.  Further, the generational range of our workforce, at the end of 2021, was approximately equally divided among Baby Boomers, GenXers and Millennials.  The largest growth in the generational workforce makeup was in the Millennial and GenZ bands.  Our human resources programs work to eliminate discrimination and harassment in all forms and our Human Resources Department has established a diversity and inclusion policy intended to assist us in meeting our goals of establishing an environment of inclusion and opportunity in hiring, promotions, training and development, working conditions and compensation.

5

Development, Training and Retention

The Company employs a staff to attract and engage talent and applies fully integrated recruiting software to track and manage hiring processes for our campuses and corporate functions.  We hire our faculty in accordance with established criteria, including relevant work experience, educational background and accreditation and state regulatory standards. We require meaningful industry experience of our teaching staff in order to maintain the high quality of instruction in all of our programs that we expect and to address current and industry-specific issues in our course content. In addition, we provide intensive instructional training and continuing education, including quarterly instructional development seminars, annual reviews, technical upgrade training, faculty development plans and weekly staff meetings.

The Company acknowledges the relevance of managing productivity and efficiency of its workforce.  The Company uses current technology resources for sales and student services tasks, education support, graduate placement services, and internal talent management. Through the application of these technology tools, productivity data are obtained for key positions and used for process improvement, training, and evaluative purposes.

The Company recognizes the value to both the Company and our students of employee knowledge and skill development throughout their careers and of preparing current employees for succession opportunities.  Therefore, employees receive position-based training, as well as online access to a multitude of programs designed to support their effectiveness and growth-potential.  The Company identifies high-performing employee participants for acceleration training programs to develop internal candidates for succession opportunities in key functions.

Labor Relations

We believe that we have good relationships with all of our employees.  At six of our 22 campuses, the teaching professionals are represented by various unions. These approximately 177 employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements that expire between 2022 and 2024.  Those expiring in the short term are in the process of renegotiation.  We believe that we have good relationships with these unions and with the employees covered by these collective bargaining agreements and do not foresee issues with entering into satisfactory new agreements.

Health and Safety; COVID-19 Response

The Company considers the well-being and safety of our employees and students to be of paramount importance. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we applied CDC guidance and safety protocols; developed work-from-home options where necessary and possible; covered COVID-19 testing, when requested by a health provider, and COVID-19 vaccination 100% through our health plans and reduced the number of personnel and students onsite at any time. Our COVID-19 management procedures resulted in continuing operations with strong support and no reductions in force in 2021.  As of January 15, 2022, we have covered eight over-the-counter at home COVID-19 tests per covered employee, every thirty days, through our health plans according to plan provisions.

Our Management

We believe our management team has the experience necessary to effectively implement our growth strategy and continue to drive positive educational and employment outcomes for our students. Under the circumstances of the challenging and changing landscape of COVID-19, our management demonstrated its abilities in innovation and resilience.  For a discussion of the risks relating to the attraction and retention of management and executive management employees, see Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

Competition

The for-profit, post-secondary education industry is highly competitive and highly fragmented with no one provider controlling significant market share.  Direct competition between career-oriented schools like ours and traditional four-year colleges or universities is limited. Thus, our main competitors are other for-profit, career-oriented schools, not-for-profit public schools and private schools, and public and private two-year junior and community colleges, most of which are eligible to receive funding under the federal programs of student financial aid authorized by Title IV Programs. Competition is generally based on location, the type of programs offered, the quality of instruction, placement rates, reputation, recruiting and tuition rates; therefore, our competition is different in each market depending on, among other things, the availability of other options. Public institutions are generally able to charge lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government subsidies and other financial sources not available to for-profit schools. In addition, some of our other competitors have a more extensive network of schools and campuses which enables them to recruit students more efficiently from a wider geographic area. Nevertheless, we believe that we are able to compete effectively in our local markets because of the diversity of our program offerings, quality of instruction, the strength of our brands, our reputation and our graduates’ success in securing employment after completing their program of study.

Our competition differs in each market depending on the curriculum that we offer. For example, a school offering automotive technology, healthcare services and skilled trades programs will have a different group of competitors than a school offering healthcare services and IT technology programs. Also, because schools can add new programs within six to twelve months, competition can emerge relatively quickly. Moreover, with the introduction of online education, the number of competitors in each market has increased because students can now attend classes from an online institution. On average, each of our schools has at least three direct competitors and at least a dozen indirect competitors.

6

Environmental Matters

We use hazardous materials at our training facilities and campuses, and generate small quantities of regulated waste such as used oil, antifreeze, paint and car batteries. As a result, our facilities and operations are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations governing, among other things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and waste, and the clean-up of contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which we send or have sent waste for disposal. We are also required to obtain permits for our air emissions and to meet operational and maintenance requirements at certain of our campuses. In the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws and regulations, or are responsible for a spill or release of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for clean-up, damages, and fines or penalties. Climate change has not had and is not expected to have a significant impact on our operations.

Regulatory Environment

Each of our schools participates in the Title IV Programs, which are administered by the DOE. For the year ended December 31, 2021, approximately 75% (calculated based on cash receipts) of our revenues were derived from the Title IV Programs. Students obtain access to federal student financial aid through a DOE prescribed application and eligibility certification process.

In connection with the students’ receipt of federal financial aid under the Title IV Programs, our schools are subject to extensive regulation by governmental agencies and licensing and accrediting bodies. In particular, the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the “HEA”), and the regulations issued by the DOE subject us to significant regulatory scrutiny in the form of numerous standards that each of our schools must satisfy in order to participate in the Title IV Programs. To participate in the Title IV Programs, a school must be authorized to offer its programs of instruction by the applicable state education agencies in the states in which it is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as an eligible institution by the DOE. All of our schools are currently offering both online and in-person learning due to the COVID-19 pandemic.  Accrediting agencies and some states agencies require schools to obtain approval and meet certain requirements in order to offer programs via distance education in states where the school does not have a campus.  The DOE also generally requires schools that offer a program through distance education to students in a state in which the school is not physically located to meet the requirements of the state to offer programs by distance education in the state.  All of our schools are currently approved to offer both online and in-person learning.  The DOE defines an eligible institution to consist of both a main campus and its additional locations, if any.  Our schools are either a main campus or an additional location of a main campus. Each of our schools is subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by state education agencies, accrediting commissions, and the DOE as well as other federal and state agencies. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how Title IV Program requirements will be applied in all circumstances. Our schools also participate in other federal and state financial aid programs that assist students in paying for the cost of their education and that impose standards that we must satisfy.

State Authorization

Each of our schools must be authorized by the applicable education agencies in the states in which the school is physically located, and in some cases other states, in order to operate on ground and online and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. State agency authorization is also required in each state in which a school is physically located in order for the school to become and remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs.  The DOE also generally requires schools that offer a program through distance education to students in a state in which the school is not physically located to meet the requirements of the state to offer programs by distance education in the state.  Currently, each of our schools is authorized by the applicable state education agencies in the states in which the school is physically located and in which it recruits students.  If we are found not to be in compliance with the applicable state regulations and a state seeks to restrict one or more of our business activities within its boundaries, we may not be able to recruit or enroll students in that state and may have to stop providing services in that state, which could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.

Our schools are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. State laws typically establish standards for instruction, curriculum, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities and equipment, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, student outcomes and other operational matters. State laws and regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs and to award degrees, diplomas or certificates. It is possible that states could change their state laws and regulations in the future that could impact the Company and its schools. Some states prescribe standards of financial responsibility that are different from, and in certain cases more stringent than, those prescribed by the DOE. Some states require schools to post a surety bond. We have posted surety bonds on behalf of our schools and education representatives with multiple states in a total amount of approximately $12.8 million.

7

The DOE published regulations that took effect on July 1, 2011, that expanded the requirements for an institution to be considered legally authorized in the state in which it is physically located for Title IV Program purposes.  In some cases, the regulations required states to revise their current requirements and/or to license schools in order for institutions to be deemed legally authorized in those states and, in turn, to participate in Title IV Programs.  If the states do not amend their requirements where necessary and if schools do not receive approvals where necessary that comply with these new requirements, then the institution could be deemed to lack the state authorization necessary to participate in Title IV Programs.  The DOE stated when it published the final regulations that it will not publish a list of states that meet, or fail to meet, the requirements, and it is uncertain how the DOE will interpret these requirements in each state.

If any of our schools fail to comply with state licensing requirements, they are subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization. If any one of our schools lost its authorization from the education agency of the state in which the school is located, or failed to comply with the DOE’s state authorization requirements, that school would lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, the Title IV Program eligibility of its related additional locations could be affected, the impacted schools would be unable to offer its programs, and we could be forced to close the schools. If one of our schools lost its state authorization from a state other than the state in which the school is located, the school would not be able to recruit students or to operate in that state.

Due to state budget constraints in certain states in which we operate, it is possible that those states may continue to reduce the number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state education agencies that oversee our schools. A delay or refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes in our operations that require state approval could prevent us from making such changes or could delay our ability to make such changes.  States periodically change their laws and regulations applicable to our schools and such changes could require us to change our practices and could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.

Accreditation

Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which a school submits to ongoing qualitative and quantitative review by an organization of peer institutions. Accrediting commissions primarily examine the academic quality of the school’s instructional programs, and a grant of accreditation is generally viewed as confirmation that the school’s programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting commissions also review the administrative and financial operations of the schools they accredit to ensure that each school has the resources necessary to perform its educational mission.

Accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE is required for an institution to be certified to participate in Title IV Programs. In order to be recognized by the DOE, accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for their review of educational institutions. As of December 31, 2021, all 22 of our campuses are nationally accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges, or ACCSC.  The following is a list of the dates on which each campus was accredited by its accrediting commission and the date by which its accreditation must be renewed.

8

Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges Reaccreditation Dates

School	Last Accreditation Letter	Next Accreditation
Philadelphia, PA2	November 26, 2018	May 1, 2023
Union, NJ1	May 24, 2019	February 1, 2024
Mahwah, NJ1	October 15, 2020	August 1, 2024
Melrose Park, IL2	December 2, 2019	November 1, 2024
Denver, CO1	June 14, 2016	February 1, 20214
Columbia, MD	March 8, 2017	February 1, 2022
Grand Prairie, TX1	June 20, 2017	August 1, 20214
Allentown, PA2	March 8, 2017	February 1, 2022
Nashville, TN1	September 6, 2017	May 1, 2022
Indianapolis, IN	May 15, 2018	November 1, 20214
New Britain, CT	June 5, 2018	January 1, 2023
Shelton, CT2	March 1, 2019	September 1, 2023
Queens, NY1	September 4, 2018	June 1, 2023
East Windsor, CT2	October 17, 2017	February 1, 2023
South Plainfield, NJ1	December 2, 2019	August 1, 2024
Iselin, NJ	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Moorestown, NJ3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Paramus, NJ3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Lincoln, RI3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Somerville, MA3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Summerlin, NV3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2023
Marietta, GA3	May 15, 2018	May 15, 2022

1 Branch campus of main campus in Indianapolis, IN

2 Branch campus of main campus in New Britain, CT

3 Branch campus of main campus in Iselin, NJ

4 Campus going through reaccreditation

In February 2022, the ACCSC determined to discontinue previously required system-wide financial reporting of our schools and instead determined to continue monitoring financial stability with system-wide heightened monitoring which is not considered reporting and accordingly the restrictions applied to a school subject to reporting do not apply to schools subject to heightened monitoring.  We plan to provide the information requested by ACCSC by the requested deadline at the end of June 2022 for consideration at the Commission’s August 2022 meeting.

If one of our schools fails to comply with accrediting commission requirements, the institution and its main and/or branch campuses are subject to the loss of accreditation or may be placed on probation or a special monitoring or reporting status which, if the noncompliance with accrediting commission requirements is not resolved, could result in loss of accreditation or restrictions on the addition of new locations, new programs, or other substantive changes. If any one of our schools loses its accreditation, students attending that school would no longer be eligible to receive Title IV Program funding, and we could be forced to close that school.

On October 28, 2021, the DOE announced that it had notified ACCSC that a decision on the recognition by the DOE of ACCSC as an accrediting agency was being deferred pending the submission of additional information about ACCSC’s monitoring, evaluation, and actions related to high-risk institutions. DOE staff reportedly has up to 75 days after receipt of the written response from ACCSC (on or before January 10, 2022) to provide a written response. A designated senior DOE official is expected to make a decision regarding the continued recognition of ACCSC after the receipt and review of the responses. The DOE regulations indicate that ACCSC may appeal an adverse decision to the DOE Secretary and potentially to federal court.

If the DOE withdraws the recognition of an accrediting agency, the HEA indicates that the DOE may continue the eligibility of qualified institutions accredited by the accrediting agency for a period of up to 18 months from the date of the withdrawal of the DOE’s recognition of the accrediting agency. If provided, this period would provide time for institutions to apply for accreditation from another DOE-recognized accrediting body. The DOE could impose provisional certification and other conditions and restrictions on such institutions during this time period. If the DOE declines to continue its recognition of ACCSC and if the subsequent period for obtaining accreditation from another DOE-recognized accrediting agency lapses before we obtain accreditation from another DOE-recognize accrediting agency (or if the DOE does not provide such a period for institutions to obtain other accreditation), our schools could lose our Title IV eligibility.

9

We cannot predict the timing and outcome of the DOE’s decision on the continuation of its recognition of ACCSC, the timing and outcome of any appeal that ACCSC might pursue in the event of an adverse decision, or the duration and conditions of any period the DOE may elect to provide to institutions to obtain accreditation from another DOE-recognized accrediting agency.

Programmatic accreditation is the process through which specific programs are reviewed and approved by industry and program-specific accrediting entities. Although programmatic accreditation is not generally necessary for Title IV Program eligibility, such accreditation may be required to allow students to sit for certain licensure exams or to work in a particular profession or career or to meet other requirements.  Failure to obtain or maintain such programmatic accreditation may lead to a decline in enrollments in such programs.

Nature of Federal and State Support for Post-Secondary Education

The federal government provides a substantial part of the support for post-secondary education through Title IV Programs, in the form of grants and loans to students who can use those funds at any institution that has been certified as eligible by the DOE. Most aid under Title IV Programs is awarded on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the difference between the cost of attending the institution and the expected amount a student and his or her family can reasonably contribute to that cost. A recipient of Title IV Program funds must maintain a satisfactory grade point average and progress in a timely manner toward completion of his or her program of study and must meet other applicable eligibility requirements for the receipt of Title IV Program funds. In addition, each school must ensure that Title IV Program funds are properly accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible students and provide reports on recipient data.

Other Financial Assistance Programs

Some of our students receive financial aid from federal sources other than Title IV Programs, such as programs administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”). In addition, some states also provide financial aid to our students in the form of grants, loans or scholarships. The eligibility requirements for state financial aid and these other federal aid programs vary among the funding agencies and by program. States that provide financial aid to our students are facing significant budgetary constraints and some of these have reduced the level of state financial aid available to our students.  Due to state budgetary shortfalls and constraints in certain states in which we operate, we believe that the overall level of state financial aid for our students is likely to continue to decrease in the near term, but we cannot predict how significant any such reductions will be or how long they will last.  Federal budgetary shortfalls and constraints, or decisions by federal lawmakers to limit or prohibit access by our institutions or their students to federal financial aid, could result in a decrease in the level of federal financial aid for our students.

In 2021, we derived approximately 7% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from veterans’ benefits programs, which include the Post-9/11 GI Bill and Veteran Readiness and Employment services. To continue participation in veterans’ benefits programs, an institution must comply with certain requirements established by the VA, including that the institution report on the enrollment status of eligible students; maintain student records and make such records available for inspection; follow rules applicable to the individual benefits programs; comply with rules applicable to distance education and hybrid programs; and comply with applicable limits on the percentage of students having a portion of their tuition or other institutional charges paid by the school or with certain veterans’ benefits.

The VA shares responsibility for VA benefit approval and oversight with designated State Approving Agencies (“SAAs”). SAAs play a critical role in evaluating institutions and their programs to determine if they meet VA benefit eligibility requirements. Processes and approval criteria, as well as interpretation of applicable requirements, can vary from state to state. Therefore, approval in one state does not necessarily result in approval in all states.

The VA imposes limitations on the percentage of students per program who have a portion of their tuition or other institutional charges paid by the school or with certain veterans’ benefits, unless the program qualifies for certain exemptions. If the VA determines that a program is out of compliance with these limitations, the VA will continue to provide benefits to current students, but new students will not be eligible to use their veterans’ benefits for an affected program until we demonstrate compliance. Additionally, the VA requires a campus be in operation for two years before it can apply to participate in VA benefit programs. All of our campuses are eligible to participate in VA education benefit programs.

During 2012, President Obama signed an Executive Order directing the Department of Defense (“DOD”), Veterans Affairs and Education to establish “Principles of Excellence” (“Principles”), based on certain guidelines set forth in the Executive Order, to apply to educational institutions receiving federal funding for service members, veterans and family members. As requested, we provided written confirmation of our intent to comply with the Principles to the VA in June 2012. We are required to comply with the Principles to continue recruitment activities on military installations. Additionally, there is a requirement to possess a memorandum of understanding (“MOU”) with the DOD as well as with certain individual installations. Our access to bases for student recruitment has become more limited due to recent changes in the Transition Assistance Program (Transition Goals, Plans, Success) and increased enforcement of the MOU requirement. Each of our institutions has an MOU with the DOD. We have MOUs with certain key individual installations and are pursuing MOUs at additional locations; however, some installations will not provide MOUs to institutions that do not teach at the installation. We continue to strengthen and develop relationships with our existing contacts and with new contacts in order to maintain and rebuild our access to military installations.

10

In addition to Title IV Programs and other government-administered programs, all of our schools offer extended financing programs to their students.  This extension of credit helps fill the gap between what the student receives from all financial aid sources and what the student may need to cover the full cost of his or her education. Students or their parents can apply to a number of different lenders for this funding at current market interest rates.  We are required to comply with applicable federal and state laws related to certain consumer and educational loans and credit extensions.  On December 21, 2021, we received a letter from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) stating that the CFPB is assessing whether we are subject to CFPB’s supervisory authority based on its activities related to consumer lending.  The letter states that the CFPB has the authority to supervise certain entities in the private education loan market and certain other consumer financial products and services.  The CFPB requested a list of information from us in order to conduct its assessment.  We have provided the requested information to the CFPB and are waiting for the CFPB to respond.

On January 20, 2022, the CFPB issued a press release announcing that it would begin examining the “operations of post-secondary schools, such as for-profit colleges, that extend private loans directly to students.” The CFPB also issued an update to its exam procedures including a new section on institutional loans.  The CFPB examiners will consider both general lending issues and issues specific to educational institutions.  The CFPB announcement indicates that CFPB examiners will look into issues such as enrollment restrictions for students late on payments, withholding transcripts, accelerating payments when a student withdraws, failing to issue appropriate refunds, and improper lending relationships.  The CFPB could decide to conduct further reviews of private lending to students at our schools, initiate proceedings against us, or seek to impose requirements on us or private lending to students at our schools.  We cannot predict whether the CFPB or other regulators will conduct further reviews or take actions that could require us to change private lending to students at our schools or have a material adverse impact on our operations.

Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs

To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be authorized to offer its programs by the relevant state education agencies in the state in which it is physically located, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and be certified as eligible by the DOE. The DOE will certify an institution to participate in Title IV Programs only after reviewing and approving an institution’s application to participate in the Title IV Programs. The DOE defines an institution to consist of both a main campus and its additional locations, if any. Under this definition, for DOE purposes as of December 31, 2021 we had the following three institutions, collectively consisting of three main campuses and 19 additional locations:

Main Institution/Campus(es)	Additional Location(s)
Iselin, NJ	Moorestown, NJ
	Paramus, NJ
	Somerville, MA
	Lincoln, RI
	Marietta, GA
	Las Vegas, NV (Summerlin)
New Britain, CT	Shelton, CT
	Philadelphia, PA
	East Windsor, CT
	Melrose Park, IL
	Allentown, PA
	Columbia, MD
Indianapolis, IN	Grand Prairie, TX
	Nashville, TN
	Denver, CO
	Union, NJ
	Mahwah, NJ
	Queens, NY
	South Plainfield, NJ

11

Each institution must periodically apply to the DOE for continued certification to participate in Title IV Programs. The institution also must apply for recertification when it undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control. The institution also may come under DOE review when it undergoes a substantive change that requires the submission of an application, such as opening an additional location or raising the highest academic credential it offers.  All institutions are recertified on various dates for various periods of time.  The following table sets forth the expiration dates for each of our institutions’ current Title IV Program participation agreements:

Institution	Expiration Date of Current Program Participation Agreement
Iselin, NJ	December 31, 20221
Indianapolis, IN	September 30, 20221
New Britain, CT	December 31, 20221

1 Provisionally certified.

The DOE typically provides provisional certification to an institution following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control and also may provisionally certify an institution for other reasons, including, but not limited to, noncompliance with certain standards of administrative capability and financial responsibility.  These institutions generate 100% of the Company’s revenue based on revenues for the 2021 fiscal year.  All of our institutions are provisionally certified based on findings in recent audits of the institutions’ Title IV Program compliance that the DOE alleges identified deficiencies related to DOE regulations regarding an institutions’ level of administrative capability.  An institution that is provisionally certified receives fewer due process rights than those received by other institutions in the event the DOE takes certain adverse actions against the institution, is required to obtain prior DOE approvals of new campuses and educational programs, and may be subject to heightened scrutiny by the DOE.  Provisional certification makes it easier for the DOE to revoke or decline to renew our Title IV eligibility if the DOE under the new administration chooses to take such an action against us and other provisionally certified for-profit schools without undergoing a formal administrative appeal process.  The DOE could attempt to use an institution’s provisional certification as a basis for imposing additional conditions or restrictions on the institution.  The DOE is currently engaged in a negotiated rulemaking process that is considering, among other issues, establishing rules to authorize additional conditions and restrictions on provisionally certified institutions.  See “Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”  Provisional certification does not otherwise limit an institution’s access to Title IV Program funds.

The DOE is responsible for overseeing compliance with Title IV Program requirements. As a result, each of our schools is subject to detailed oversight and review, and must comply with a complex framework of laws and regulations. Because the DOE periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretation of existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty how the Title IV Program requirements will be applied in all circumstances.

Significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that could adversely affect us include the following:

Congressional Action. Political and budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV Programs. Congress periodically revises the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (“HEA”) and other laws governing Title IV Programs.  It is not known if or when Congress will pass final legislation that comprehensively reauthorizes and amends the Higher Education Act or other laws affecting U.S. Federal student aid.

In addition, Congress reviews and determines federal appropriations for Title IV Programs on an annual basis. Congress can also make changes in the laws affecting Title IV Programs in the annual appropriations bills and in other laws it enacts between the HEA reauthorizations such as its recent amendment to the 90/10 rule in the HEA.  See “Regulatory Environment – 90/10 Rule.” Because a significant percentage of our revenues are derived from Title IV Programs, any action by Congress or the DOE that significantly reduces Title IV Program funding, that limits or restricts the ability of our schools, programs, or students to receive funding through the Title IV Programs, or that imposes new restrictions or constraints upon our business or operations could reduce our student enrollment and our revenues, and could increase our administrative costs and require us to modify our practices in order for our schools to comply fully with Title IV Program requirements. The potential for changes that may be adverse to us and other for-profit schools like ours may increase as a result of the change in administration and changes in Congress.

Further, current requirements for student or school participation in Title IV Programs may change or one or more of the present Title IV Programs could be replaced by other programs with materially different student or school eligibility requirements.  If we cannot comply with the provisions of the HEA, as they may be amended, or if the cost of such compliance is excessive, or if funding is materially reduced, our revenues or profit margin could be materially adversely affected.

Gainful Employment.  In October 2014, the DOE issued final gainful employment regulations requiring each educational program offered by our institutions to achieve threshold rates in at least one of two debt measure categories related to an annual debt to annual earnings ratio and an annual debt to discretionary income ratio.  On July 1, 2019, the DOE issued final regulations that rescind the gainful employment regulations effective July 1, 2020, although the DOE provided institutions with the opportunity to implement the new regulations early.  It is possible that Congress or the DOE could enact or establish new law or regulations that could restore the gainful employment requirements or similar and potentially stricter requirements, but we cannot predict the likelihood, timing or scope of such requirements.  The DOE commenced a negotiated rulemaking process in January 2022 in which it has proposed to establish new gainful employment requirements that would be applicable to all of our educational programs.  The negotiated rulemaking process is expected to take place during 2022 and to result in final regulations that would take effect on July 1, 2023, but we cannot predict the precise timing, effective date and content of the gainful employment regulations that are expected to emerge from this process.  We also cannot predict the extent to which our programs may be adversely impacted by the tests that might be established by new regulations. The implementation of new gainful employment regulations could require us to eliminate or modify certain educational programs, could result in the loss of our students’ access to Title IV Program funds for the affected programs, and could have a significant impact on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.  If our programs are adversely impacted or we must eliminate or modify certain programs or our students lose access to Title IV Program funds there could be a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

12

Borrower Defense to Repayment Regulations.  On July 1, 2020, the DOE’s previously published final Borrower Defense to Repayment regulations became effective. Among other things, these regulations amended the processes for borrowers to receive from the DOE a discharge of the obligation to repay certain Title IV Program loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2020 based on certain acts or omissions by the institution or a covered party. The new and existing DOE regulations establish detailed procedures and standards for the loan discharge processes for periods prior to July 1, 2017, between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2020, and on or after July 1, 2020, including the information required for borrowers to receive a loan discharge, and the authority of the DOE to seek recovery from the institution of the amount of discharged loans. The regulations also modify certain components of the financial responsibility regulations, including the list of triggering events that could result in the DOE determining that the institution lacks financial responsibility and must submit to the DOE a letter of credit or other form of acceptable financial protection and accept other conditions on the institution’s Title IV Program eligibility. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”  The final regulations also generally permit the use of arbitration clauses and class action waivers while requiring institutions to make certain disclosures to students.

The current and future rules could have a material adverse effect on our schools’ business and results of operations, and the broad sweep of the rules may, in the future, require our schools to submit a letter of credit based on expanded standards of financial responsibility. See “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”  Moreover, Congress or the DOE could enact or establish new laws or regulations that could restore prior versions of the borrower defense to repayment requirements or similar and potentially stricter requirements. The DOE convened a negotiated rulemaking committee in late 2021 aimed at developing new regulations on a variety of topics including borrower defense to repayment.  The DOE is expected to develop and publish proposed regulations that typically would be subject to a notice and comment period during which the public may comment on the proposed regulations and the DOE may respond to such comments and ultimately publish final regulations.  The DOE generally is required to publish final regulations by November 1 in order for the regulations to become effective on July 1 of the following year.  We cannot predict the ultimate timing or content of the regulations that are anticipated to emerge from this process.  The final regulations could result in new requirements that would make it easier for borrowers to obtain discharges of their loans and for the DOE to recover liabilities from institutions and impose other sanctions.  The implementation of new borrower defense to repayment regulations by the DOE and the enforcement of the existing borrower defense to repayment regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  See “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”

On April 29, 2021, the Company received communication from the DOE indicating that the DOE was in receipt of a number of borrower defense applications containing allegations concerning us and requiring the DOE to undertake a fact-finding process pursuant to DOE regulations. Among other things, the communication outlines a process by which the DOE would provide to us the applications and llow us the opportunity to submit responses to them. Further, the communication outlines certain information requests, relating to the period between 2007 and 2013, in connection with the DOE’s preliminary review of the borrower defense applications. Based upon publicly available information, it appears that the DOE has undertaken similar reviews of other educational institutions which have also been the subject of various borrower defense applications. We have received the borrower application claims and have completed the process of thoroughly reviewing and responding to each borrower application as well as providing information in response to the DOE’s requests.

Given the early stage of this matter, management is not able to predict the outcome of the DOE’s review at this time. If the DOE disagrees with our legal and factual grounds for contesting the applications, the DOE may impose liabilities on the Company based on the discharge of the loans at issue in the pending applications which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

It is possible that we may receive from the DOE in the future borrower defense applications submitted by or on behalf of prior, current, or future students and that the DOE could seek to recover liabilities from us for discharged loans.

If the DOE grants any pending or future borrower applications, the DOE regulations state that the DOE may initiate an appropriate proceeding to recover liabilities arising from the loans in the applications. If the DOE initiates such a proceeding, we would request reconsideration of the liabilities. We cannot predict the timing or amount of all borrower defense applications that borrowers may submit to the DOE or that the DOE may grant in the future, or the timing or amount of any possible liabilities that the DOE may seek to recover from the Company, if any.

13

The “90/10 Rule.”   Under the HEA, a proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from Title IV Programs (its “90/10 Rule percentage”) for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of at least two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures, including a potential requirement to submit a letter of credit.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”  If an institution violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

We have calculated that, for our 2021 fiscal year, our institutions’ 90/10 Rule percentages ranged from 72% to 80%.  For 2020, none of our existing institutions derived more than 90% of their revenues from Title IV Programs.  Our calculations are subject to review by the DOE.

If Congress or the DOE were to amend the 90/10 Rule to treat other forms of federal financial aid as Title IV Program revenue for 90/10 Rule purposes, lower the 90% threshold, or otherwise change the calculation methodology, or make other changes to the 90/10 Rule, those changes could make it more difficult for our institutions to comply with the 90/10 Rule.  A loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs for any of our institutions would have a significant impact on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

In March 2021, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“ARPA”) was signed into law.  The ARPA includes a provision that amends the 90/10 rule. The ARPA amends the 90/10 rule by treating other “Federal funds that are disbursed or delivered to or on behalf of a student to be used to attend such institution” in the same way as Title IV Program funds are currently treated in the 90/10 rule calculation. This means that our institutions will be required to limit the combined amount of Title IV Program funds and applicable “Federal funds” revenue in a fiscal year to no more than 90% in a fiscal year as calculated under the rule. Consequently, the ARPA change to the 90/10 rule is expected to increase the 90/10 rule calculations at our institutions. The ARPA does not identify the specific Federal funding programs that will be covered by this provision, but it is expected to include funding from federal student aid programs such as the veterans’ benefits programs, which include the Post-9/11 GI Bill and Veterans Readiness and Employment services and from which we derived approximately 7% of our revenues on a cash basis in 2021.  For the year ended December 31, 2021, approximately 75% (calculated based on cash receipts) of our revenues were derived from the Title IV Programs.

The ARPA states that the amendments to the 90/10 rule apply to institutional fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2023 and are subject to the HEA’s negotiated rulemaking process. Accordingly, the ARPA change to the 90/10 rule is not expected to apply to our 90/10 rule calculations until 2024 relating to our fiscal year ended 2023. Moreover, we cannot predict the additional changes to the 90/10 rule or other regulations that might occur as a result of negotiated rulemaking that recently began in January 2022 as required by the ARPA. The negotiated rulemaking committee is expected to meet on a periodic basis through March 2022.  The DOE is expected to publish proposed regulations thereafter that typically are subject to a notice and comment period before the DOE publishes final regulations after consideration of public comments.  We cannot predict the ultimate timing and content of the final regulations, but the future regulations on 90/10 could have a material adverse effect on us and other schools like ours.

We anticipate making changes to our operations in order to address the possible future provisions in the 90/10 rule and in order to maintain the 90/10 percentages at our institutions below the 90% threshold as calculated under DOE regulations. However, we do not have significant control over the amount of Title IV Program funds that our students may receive and borrow. Our institutions’ 90/10 percentages can be increased by increases in Title IV Programs aid availability (including, for example, increases in Pell Grant funds) and can be decreased by decreases in the availability of state grant program funding and other sources of student aid that do not count as Title IV Programs funds in the 90/10 calculation. Our institutions’ 90/10 percentages also will increase when the ARPA amendments to the 90/10 rule take effect to the extent that students eligible to receive military and veteran education assistance enroll and use their financial assistance at our institutions. We cannot be certain that the changes we make in the future will succeed in maintaining our institutions’ 90/10 percentages below required levels or that the changes will not materially impact our business operations, revenues, and operating costs.

If any of our institutions lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, that loss would cause an event of default under our credit agreement, would also adversely affect our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, and would have a significant impact on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

Student Loan Defaults.  The HEA limits participation in Title IV Programs by institutions whose former students defaulted on the repayment of federally guaranteed or funded student loans above a prescribed rate (the “cohort default rate”).  The DOE calculates these rates based on the number of students who have defaulted, not the dollar amount of such defaults.  The cohort default rate is calculated on a federal fiscal year basis and measures the percentage of students who enter repayment of a loan during the federal fiscal year and default on the loan on or before the end of the federal fiscal year or the subsequent two federal fiscal years.

14

Under the HEA, an institution whose Federal Family Education Loan, or FFEL, and Federal Direct Loan, or FDL, cohort default rate is 30% or greater for three consecutive federal fiscal years loses eligibility to participate in the FFEL, FDL, and Pell programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.  An institution whose FFEL and FDL cohort default rate for any single federal fiscal year exceeds 40% loses its eligibility to participate in the FFEL and FDL programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year in which the DOE determines that such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years.  If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate equals or exceeds 30% in two of the three most recent federal fiscal years for which the DOE has issued cohort default rates, the institution may be placed on provisional certification status and could be required to submit a letter of credit to the DOE.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”

In September 2021, the DOE released the final cohort default rates for the 2018 federal fiscal year.  These are the most recent final rates published by the DOE.  The rates for our existing institutions for the 2018 federal fiscal year range from 6.6% to 11.3%.  None of our institutions had a cohort default rate equal to or greater than 30% for the 2018 federal fiscal year.

In February 2022, the DOE released draft three-year cohort default rates for the 2019 federal fiscal year.  The draft cohort default rates are subject to change pending receipt of the final cohort default rates, which the DOE is expected to publish in September 2022.  The draft rates for our institutions for the 2019 federal fiscal year range from 2.0% to 3.0%.  None of our institutions had draft cohort default rates of 30% or more.

Financial Responsibility Standards.

All institutions participating in Title IV Programs must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based on the institution’s annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control of the institution.

The most significant financial responsibility measurement is the institution’s composite score, which is calculated by the DOE based on three ratios:

• The equity ratio, which measures the institution’s capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;

• The primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and

• The net income ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to operate at a profit.

The DOE assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The DOE then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a composite score for the institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further oversight.

If an institution’s composite score is below 1.5, but is at least 1.0, it is in a category denominated by the DOE as “the zone.” Under the DOE regulations, institutions that are in the zone typically may be permitted by the DOE to continue to participate in the Title IV Programs by choosing one of two alternatives:  1) the “Zone Alternative” under which an institution is required to make disbursements to students under the Heightened Cash Monitoring 1 (“HCM1”) payment method, or a different payment method other than the advance payment method, and to notify the DOE within 10 days after the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events or 2) submit a letter of credit to the DOE equal to 50 percent of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recent fiscal year.  The DOE permits an institution to participate under the “Zone Alternative” for a period of up to three consecutive fiscal years.  Under the HCM1 payment method, the institution is required to make Title IV Program disbursements to eligible students and parents before it requests or receives funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.  As long as the student accounts are credited before the funding requests are initiated, an institution is permitted to draw down funds through the DOE’s electronic system for grants management and payments for the amount of disbursements made to eligible students.  Unlike the Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (“HCM2”) and the reimbursement payment methods, the HCM1 payment method typically does not require schools to submit documentation to the DOE and wait for DOE approval before drawing down Title IV Program funds.  Effective July 1, 2016, a school under HCM1, HCM2 or reimbursement payment methods must also pay any credit balances due to a student before drawing down funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE, even if the student or parent provides written authorization for the school to hold the credit balance.

If an institution’s composite score is below 1.0, the institution is considered by the DOE to lack financial responsibility. If the DOE determines that an institution does not satisfy the DOE’s financial responsibility standards, depending on its composite score and other factors, that institution may establish its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs on an alternative basis by, among other things:

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the institution’s most recently completed fiscal year; or

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year accepting provisional certification; complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE’s standard advance funding arrangement.

15

The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of our institutions on a consolidated basis. We submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 2018 fiscal year reflecting a composite score of 1.1 based upon our calculations. The DOE indicated in a January 13, 2020 letter its determination that our institutions are “in the zone” based on our composite score for the 2018 fiscal year and that we are required to operate under the Zone Alternative requirements, including the requirement to make disbursements under the HCM1 payment method and to notify the DOE within 10 days of the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events. We also were required to submit to the DOE bi-weekly cash balance submissions outlining our available cash on hand, monthly actual and projected cash flow statements, and monthly student rosters.

On February 16, 2021, we received a letter from the DOE confirming our composite score of 1.5 for fiscal year 2019 as well as removing the Company from the Zone Alternative requirements.  On August 26, 2021, the DOE sent us correspondence stating that our three institutions had performed all of the requirements of the February 16, 2021, letter and notifying us that the DOE had returned our institutions to advance pay on August 19, 2021.

For the 2020 and 2021 fiscal year, we calculated our composite score to be 2.7 and 3.0, respectively. These scores are subject to determination by the DOE based on its review of our consolidated audited financial statements for the 2020 and 2021 fiscal years, but we believe it is likely that the DOE will determine that our institutions comply with the composite score requirement.

On September 23, 2019, the DOE published final regulations with a general effective date of July 1, 2020 that, among other things, modified the list of triggering events that could result in the DOE determining that the institution lacks financial responsibility and must submit to the DOE a letter of credit or other form of acceptable financial protection and accept other conditions on the institution’s Title IV Program eligibility.  The regulations create lists of mandatory triggering events and discretionary triggering events.  An institution is not able to meet its financial or administrative obligations if a mandatory triggering event occurs.  The mandatory triggering events include:

• the institution’s recalculated composite score is less than 1.0 as determined by the DOE as a result of an institutional liability from a settlement, final judgment, or final determination in an administrative or judicial action or proceeding brought by a Federal or State entity;

• the institution’s recalculated composite score goes from less than 1.5 to less than 1.0 as determined by the DOE as a result of a withdrawal of owner’s equity from the institution;

• the SEC takes certain actions against the institution or the institution fails to comply with certain filing requirements; or

• the occurrence of two or more discretionary triggering events (as described below) within a certain time period.

The DOE also may determine that an institution lacks financial responsibility if one of the following discretionary triggering events occurs and the event is likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the institution:

• a show cause or similar order from the institution’s accrediting agency that could result in the withdrawal, revocation or suspension of institutional accreditation;

• a notice from the institution’s state licensing agency of an intent to withdraw or terminate the institution’s state licensure if the institution does not take steps to comply with state requirements;

• a default, delinquency, or other event occurs as a result of an institutional violation of a security or loan agreement that enables the creditor to require an increase in collateral, a change in contractual obligations, an increase in interest rates or payment, or other sanctions, penalties or fees;

• a failure to comply with the 90/10 Rule during the institution’s most recently completed fiscal year;

• high annual drop-out rates from the institution as determined by the DOE; or

• official cohort default rates of at least 30 percent for the two most recent years unless a pending appeal could sufficiently reduce one of the rates.

The regulations require the institution to notify the DOE of the occurrence of a mandatory or discretionary triggering event and to provide certain information to the DOE to demonstrate why the event does not establish the institution’s lack of financial responsibility or require the submission of a letter of credit or imposition of other requirements.

The expanded financial responsibility regulations could result in the DOE recalculating and reducing our composite score to account for DOE estimates of potential losses under one or more of the extensive list of triggering circumstances and also could result in the imposition of conditions and requirements including a requirement to provide a letter of credit or other form of financial protection.

It is difficult to predict the amount or duration of any letter of credit requirement that the DOE might impose under the regulation.  The requirement to submit a letter of credit or to accept other conditions or restrictions could have a material adverse effect on our schools’ business and results of operations.

16

As reported above, in January 2022, the DOE commenced a series of meetings with a negotiated rulemaking committee in order to develop new regulations on a variety of topics including financial responsibility.  The committee meetings are expected to take place through March 2022 after which the DOE is expected to publish proposed regulations for public comment and ultimately publish final regulations after consideration of public comments.  The regulations typically would take effect on July 1, 2023 if the DOE publishes the final regulations by November 1, 2022.  We cannot predict the ultimate timing and content of the financial responsibility regulations that are expected to emerge from this process.  However, the DOE is considering proposals that, among other things, would expand the list and scope of triggering events and other circumstances that could result in the DOE determining that the institution lacks financial responsibility and must submit to the DOE a letter of credit or other form of acceptable financial protection and accept other conditions on the institution’s Title IV Program eligibility.  The implementation of new financial responsibility regulations could increase the likelihood of the DOE concluding that we lack financial responsibility and must submit to the DOE a letter of credit and accept other conditions that could have a material adverse effect on our schools’ business and results of operations.

Return of Title IV Program Funds.    An institution participating in Title IV Programs must calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing them, and must return those unearned funds to the DOE or the applicable lending institution in a timely manner, which is generally within 45 days from the date the institution determines that the student has withdrawn.

If an institution is cited in an audit or program review for returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or more of the students in the audit or program review sample or if the regulatory auditor identifies a material weakness in the institution’s report on internal controls relating to the return of unearned Title IV Program funds, the institution may be required to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE in an amount equal to 25% of the total amount of Title IV Program funds that should have been returned for students who withdrew in the institution’s prior fiscal year.

On January 11, 2018, the DOE sent letters to our then Columbia, Maryland and Iselin, New Jersey institutions requiring each institution to submit a letter of credit to the DOE based on findings of late returns of Title IV Program funds in the annual Title IV Program compliance audits submitted to the DOE for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.  Accordingly, we submitted letters of credit in the amounts of $0.5 million and $0.1 million to the DOE by the February 23, 2018 deadline and we continue to comply with the letter of credit requirement.  By letter dated February 16, 2021, the DOE notified us that our Columbia and Iselin institutions failed to comply with the refund requirements based on their 2017, 2018, and 2019 audits.  Consequently, the DOE has required us to maintain with the DOE a letter of credit in the amount of $600,020.  The expiration date of this letter of credit has been extended until January 31, 2023.

Negotiated Rulemaking.  The DOE periodically issues new regulations and guidance that can have an adverse effect on our institutions.  We cannot predict the timing and content of any new regulations or guidance that the DOE may seek to impose or whether and to what extent the DOE under the new administration may issue new regulations and guidance that could adversely impact for-profit schools including our institutions.

The DOE engaged in additional negotiated rulemaking in 2019 that resulted in new regulations with a general effective date of July 1, 2020.  On October 15, 2018, the DOE published a notice in the Federal Register announcing its intent to establish a negotiated rulemaking committee and three subcommittees to develop proposed regulations related to several matters, including, but not limited to, requirements for accrediting agencies in their oversight of member institutions and programs; criteria used by the DOE to recognize accrediting agencies; simplification of the DOE’s recognition and review of accrediting agencies; clarification of the core oversight responsibilities amongst accrediting agencies, states and the DOE to hold institutions accountable; clarification of the permissible arrangements between an institution of higher education and another organization to provide a portion of an educational program; roles and responsibilities of institutions and accrediting agencies in the teach-out process; regulatory changes required to ensure equitable treatment of brick-and-mortar and distance education programs; regulatory changes required to enable expansion of direct assessment programs, distance education, and competency-based education; regulatory changes required to clarify disclosure and other requirements of state authorization; protections to ensure that accreditors recognize and respect institutional mission and evaluate an institution’s policies and educational programs based on that mission; simplification of state authorization requirements related to distance education; defining “regular and substantive interaction” as it relates to distance education; defining the term “credit hour”; defining the requirements related to the length of educational programs and entry level requirements for the occupation; addressing regulatory barriers in the DOE’s institutional eligibility and general provision regulations; addressing direct assessment programs and competency-based education; and other matters. The DOE released draft proposed regulations for consideration and negotiation by the negotiated rulemaking committee and subcommittees that covered additional topics and made additional revisions and updates to the draft proposed regulations prior to subsequent meetings of the committee and subcommittee in early 2019, including, but not limited to, amendments to current regulations regarding the clock to credit hour conversion formula; the requirements for measuring the lengths of certain educational programs; the requirements for returning unearned Title IV Program funds received for students who withdraw before completing their educational programs; and the requirements for measuring a student’s satisfactory academic progress.  The committee and subcommittees completed their meetings in April 2019 and reached consensus on draft proposed regulations.  On June 12, 2019, the DOE published proposed regulations on some of the topics in a notice of proposed rulemaking in the Federal Register for public comment and to consider revisions to the regulations in response to the comments before publishing final versions of the regulations.  The regulations have a general effective date of July 1, 2020.

17

The DOE conducted additional negotiated rulemaking in 2020 that resulted in new regulations with a general effective date of July 1, 2021.  On April 2, 2020, the DOE published proposed regulations related primarily to distance education and to topics addressed during negotiated rulemaking committee meetings that took place in early 2019. The proposed regulations address topics including, among other things, correspondence courses, direct assessment programs, foreign institutions, written arrangements with ineligible institutions or organizations to provide a portion of an educational program, requirements for prompt action by the DOE on certain Title IV eligibility applications, requirements related to the length of educational programs and entry level requirements for the occupation, the clock to credit hour conversion formula, the requirements for returning unearned Title IV Program funds received for students who withdraw before completing their educational programs, and the requirements for measuring a student’s satisfactory academic progress. On September 2, 2020, the DOE published the final regulations with some amendments and a general effective date of July 1, 2021.

The DOE initiated two additional negotiated rulemaking processes in 2021 and 2022, respectively.  The first of the two negotiated rulemaking sessions took place during the last quarter of 2021. The topics included borrower defense to repayment (including, among other things, potential expanded limitations on recruitment tactics and conduct that are deemed to be aggressive or deceptive), the return of prohibitions on pre-dispute arbitration agreements and class action waivers, closed school loan discharges (including the reinstatement of automatic closed school loan discharges), total and permanent disability discharges, public student loan forgiveness, income driven repayment, interest capitalization, false certification discharges, and prison exchange programs. The DOE is expected to publish proposed regulations in the Federal Register for public comment during 2022. If the final regulations are published by or before November 1, 2022, then the regulations typically would not take effect until July 1, 2023.  The future borrower defense to repayment and closed school loan discharge rules are expected to be extensive and to make it easier for borrowers to obtain discharges of student loans and for the DOE to assess liabilities and other sanctions on institutions based on the loan discharges.  Moreover, the potential for expanded rules regarding recruitment tactics and conduct could lead to increased scrutiny of recruiting and marketing practices and the potential for sanctions on schools deemed to be noncompliant up to and including loss of Title IV eligibility.  However, we cannot predict the ultimate timing and content of any final regulations following the conclusion of the rulemaking process.

The second of the two negotiated rulemaking sessions began in January 2022 and are scheduled to finish during March 2022.  The topics include the 90/10 rule, gainful employment, administrative capability standards, financial responsibility standards, eligibility certification procedures, changes in ownership, and ability to benefit.  The DOE is expected to publish proposed regulations in the Federal Register for public comment during 2022. If the final regulations are published by or before November 1, 2022, then the regulations typically would not take effect until July 1, 2023. The new regulations that the DOE ultimately will publish and implement are expected to impose a broad range of additional requirements on institutions and especially on for-profit institutions like our schools.  In turn, the new regulations are likely to increase the possibility that our schools could be subject to additional reporting requirements, to potential liabilities and sanctions such as letter of credit amounts, and to potential loss of Title IV eligibility if our efforts to modify our operations to comply with the new regulations are unsuccessful.  However, we cannot predict the ultimate timing and content of any final regulations following the conclusion of the rulemaking process.

We also cannot predict with certainty the ultimate combined impact of the regulatory changes which have occurred in recent years and that may occur as a result of the upcoming negotiated rulemaking, nor can we predict the effect of future legislative or regulatory action by federal, state or other agencies regulating our education programs or other aspects of our operations, how any resulting regulations will be interpreted or whether we and our institutions will be able to comply with these requirements in the future. Any such actions by legislative or regulatory bodies that affect our programs and operations could have a material adverse effect on our student population and our institutions, including the need to cease offering a number of programs.

Substantial Misrepresentation.  The DOE’s regulations prohibit an institution that participates in Title IV Programs from engaging in substantial misrepresentation of the nature of its educational programs, financial charges, graduate employability or its relationship with the DOE. A “misrepresentation” includes any false, erroneous, or misleading statement (whether made in writing, visually, orally, or through other means) that is made by an eligible institution, by one of its representatives, or by a third party that provides to the institution educational programs, marketing, advertising, recruiting, or admissions services and that is made to a student, prospective student, any member of the public, an accrediting or state agency, or to DOE.  The DOE defines a “substantial misrepresentation” to include any misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person’s detriment. The definition of “substantial misrepresentation” is broad and, therefore, it is possible that a statement made by the institution or one of its service providers or representatives could be construed by the DOE to constitute a substantial misrepresentation. If the DOE determines that one of our institutions has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the DOE may impose sanctions or other conditions upon the institution including, but not limited to, initiating an action to fine the institution or limit, suspend, or terminate its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs and may seek to discharge students’ loans and impose liabilities upon the institution. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Borrower Defense To Repayment Regulations.”  The DOE has initiated a negotiated rulemaking process that may result in, among other things, an expansion of the categories of conduct deemed to be a misrepresentation and that also may result in new prohibitions on certain types of recruiting tactics and conduct that the DOE deems to be aggressive or deceptive.  The implementation of such regulations could result in further scrutiny of marketing and recruiting practices by institutions like our schools and could increase the chances of the DOE finding practices to be noncompliant and imposing sanctions based on the alleged noncompliance up to and including fines and potential loss of Title IV eligibility.  The rulemaking process is ongoing and, therefore, we cannot predict the ultimate timing and content of new regulations that the DOE may publish and implement.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”

18

School Acquisitions.    When a company acquires a school that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, that school undergoes a change of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by the DOE. Upon such a change of control, a school’s eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs is generally suspended until it has applied for recertification by the DOE as an eligible school under its new ownership, which requires that the school also re-establish its state authorization and accreditation. The DOE may temporarily and provisionally certify an institution seeking approval of a change of control under certain circumstances while the DOE reviews the institution’s application. The time required for the DOE to act on such an application may vary substantially. The DOE recertification of an institution following a change of control will be on a provisional basis. Thus, any plans to expand our business through acquisition of additional schools and have them certified by the DOE to participate in Title IV Programs must take into account the approval requirements of the DOE and the relevant state education agencies and accrediting commissions.  The DOE has initiated a negotiated rulemaking process that may result in new rules that, among other things, may expand the requirements applicable to school acquisitions in ways that could make it more difficult to acquire additional schools.  The rulemaking process is ongoing and, therefore, we cannot predict the ultimate timing and content of new regulations that the DOE may publish and implement.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”

Change of Control.   In addition to school acquisitions, other types of transactions can also cause a change of control. The DOE, most state education agencies and our accrediting commissions have standards pertaining to the change of control of schools, but these standards are not uniform. DOE regulations describe some transactions that constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or the institution’s parent corporation. For a publicly traded corporation, DOE regulations provide that a change of control occurs in one of two ways: (a) if a person acquires ownership and control of the corporation so that the corporation is required to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing the change of control or (b) if the corporation has a shareholder that owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest shareholder of the corporation, and that shareholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases to be the largest shareholder.  These standards are subject to interpretation by the DOE.   A significant purchase or disposition of our common stock could be determined by the DOE to be a change of control under this standard.

Most of the states and our accrediting commissions include the sale of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a change of control although some agencies could determine that the sale or disposition of a smaller interest would result in a change of control. A change of control under the definition of one of these agencies would require the affected school to reaffirm its state authorization or accreditation. Some agencies would require approval prior to a sale or disposition that would result in a change of control in order to maintain authorization or accreditation.  The requirements to obtain such reaffirmation from the states and our accrediting commissions vary widely.

A change of control could occur as a result of future transactions in which the Company or our schools are involved. Some corporate reorganizations and some changes in the board of directors of the Company are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence future decisions by us and our shareholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. In addition, the adverse regulatory effect of a change of control also could discourage bids for shares of our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our shares.  The DOE has initiated a negotiated rulemaking process that may result in new rules that, among other things, may change the rules associated with the ownership and control of Title IV participating schools in ways that could further influence future decisions by us or by current or prospective shareholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock, or that could impact our ability or willingness to make certain organizational changes.  The rulemaking process is ongoing and, therefore, we cannot predict the ultimate timing and content of new regulations that the DOE may publish and implement.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”

Opening Additional Schools and Adding Educational Programs.    For-profit educational institutions must be authorized by their state education agencies and be fully operational for two years before applying to the DOE to participate in Title IV Programs. However, an institution that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish an additional location and apply to participate in Title IV Programs at that location without reference to the two-year requirement, if such additional location satisfies all other applicable DOE eligibility requirements. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our ability to open new schools as additional locations of our existing institutions and take into account the DOE’s approval requirements.

A student may use Title IV Program funds only to pay the costs associated with enrollment in an eligible educational program offered by an institution participating in Title IV Programs. Generally, unless otherwise required by the DOE or by DOE regulations, an institution that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs may add a new educational program without DOE approval. However, institutions that are provisionally certified may be required to obtain approval of new educational programs.   Our Indianapolis, New Britain, and Columbia institutions are provisionally certified and required to obtain prior DOE approval of new locations and of new educational programs because of our composite score.  If an institution erroneously determines that an educational program is eligible for purposes of Title IV Programs, the institution would likely be liable for repayment of Title IV Program funds provided to students in that educational program. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on our ability to add new educational programs at our existing schools.

19

Some of the state education agencies and our accrediting commission also have requirements that may affect our schools’ ability to open a new campus, establish an additional location of an existing institution or begin offering a new educational program.  The DOE has initiated a negotiated rulemaking process that may result in new rules that, among other things, may further restrict the ability of some schools – such as schools that are provisionally certified – to add new locations or educational programs which could impact our ability to make such changes if we are provisionally certified or subject to other criteria in the regulations that ultimately are adopted.  The rulemaking process is ongoing and, therefore, we cannot predict the ultimate timing and content of new regulations that the DOE may publish and implement.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”

Closed School Loan Discharges.          The DOE may grant closed school loan discharges of Federal student loans based upon applications by qualified students. The DOE also may initiate discharges on its own for students who have not reenrolled in another Title IV Program eligible school within three years after the closure and who attended campuses that closed on or after November 1, 2013, as did some of our former campuses. If the DOE discharges some or all of these loans, the DOE may seek to recover the cost of the loan discharges from us. The DOE is currently conducting a negotiated rulemaking process on a variety of topics, including closed school loan discharges (and, among other things, the reintroduction of automatic closed school loan discharges), which could result in regulations that would make it easier for borrowers to obtain discharges of their loans and for the DOE to recover liabilities from institutions. See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”.

We have received five separate letters from the DOE since September 3, 2020, asserting liabilities for closed school loan discharges in connection with the closure of some of our campuses. The total liability paid to the DOE since September 3, 2020, has been approximately $345,000. We previously operated four other campuses that closed in the past and that could be subject to closed school loan discharges in the future, including automatic closed school loan discharges that could be granted by the DOE. We cannot predict any additional loan discharges that the DOE may approve or the liabilities that the DOE may seek from us for these campuses or other campuses that have closed in the past.

Administrative Capability.    The DOE assesses the administrative capability of each institution that participates in Title IV Programs under a series of separate standards. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may lead the DOE to find the institution ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs or to place the institution on provisional certification as a condition of its participation. These criteria require, among other things, that the institution:

• Comply with all applicable federal student financial aid requirements;

• Have capable and sufficient personnel to administer the federal student Title IV Programs;

• Administer Title IV Programs with adequate checks and balances in its system of internal controls over financial reporting;

• Divide the function of authorizing and disbursing or delivering Title IV Program funds so that no office has the responsibility for both functions;

• Establish and maintain records required under the Title IV Program regulations;

• Develop and apply an adequate system to identify and resolve discrepancies in information from sources regarding a student’s application for financial aid under the Title IV Program;

• Have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the satisfactory academic progress of its students;

• Refer to the Office of the Inspector General any credible information indicating that any applicant, student, employee, third party servicer or other agent of the school has been engaged in any fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV Programs;

• Not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity that is cause for debarment or suspension;

• Provide adequate financial aid counseling to its students;

• Submit in a timely manner all reports and financial statements required by the Title IV Program regulations; and

• Not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.

The DOE has placed three of our institutions on provisional certification based on findings in recent audits of the institutions’ Title IV compliance that the DOE alleges identified deficiencies in regulations related to DOE regulations regarding an institutions’ level of administrative capability.  See Part I. Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs.”  Failure by us to satisfy any of these or other administrative capability criteria could cause our institutions to be subject to sanctions or other actions by the DOE or to lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, which would have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.  The DOE has initiated a negotiated rulemaking process that may result in new rules that, among other things, may expand the scope of the administrative capability regulations to include other requirements (such as, for example, providing adequate career services and refraining from misrepresentations and certain types of recruiting practices).  The rulemaking process is ongoing and, therefore, we cannot predict the ultimate timing and content of new regulations that the DOE may publish and implement.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”

20

Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments.    An institution participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. The DOE’s regulations established twelve “safe harbors” identifying types of compensation that could be paid without violating the incentive compensation rule.  On October 29, 2010, the DOE adopted final rules that took effect on July 1, 2011 and amended the incentive compensation rule by, among other things, eliminating the twelve safe harbors (thereby reducing the scope of permissible compensatory payments under the rule) and expanding the scope of compensatory payments and employees subject to the rule.  We cannot predict how the DOE will interpret and enforce the revised incentive compensation rule and the limited published guidance that the DOE has provided, nor how it will apply the rule and guidance to our past, present, and future compensation practices.  The implementation of the final regulations required us to change our compensation practices and has had and will continue to have a significant impact the productivity of our employees, on the retention of our employees and on our business and results of operations.

Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.    Our schools are subject to audits, program reviews, site visits, and other reviews by various federal and state regulatory agencies, including, but not limited to, the DOE, the DOE’s Office of Inspector General (“OIG”), state education agencies and other state regulators, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and other federal agencies (such as, for example, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) or the Consumer Financial Protection Board (“CFPB”)), and by our accrediting commissions. In addition, each of our institutions must retain an independent certified public accountant to conduct an annual audit of the institution’s administration of Title IV Program funds. The institution must submit the resulting audit report to the DOE for review.  Some of the findings in the annual Title IV Program compliance audits for some of our institutions resulted in the DOE placing those institutions on provisional certification.  See Part I. Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs.”

In 2021, our New Britain, Iselin and Indianapolis institutions received final audit determination letters from the DOE in connection with the Title IV Program compliance audits conducted for the 2020 fiscal year.  The letters contain findings of alleged noncompliance with certain Title IV Program requirements for each institution. The total amount of questioned funds in the reports were immaterial and had been repaid prior to the issuance of the final audit determination letters. In addition to the payment of the questioned amounts, the letters require the institutions to correct all of the deficiencies noted in the audit reports and require the auditor to comment in the 2021 fiscal year audit on the actions taken by the institutions in response to the findings and required actions. The letters indicate that repeat findings in future audits or failure to satisfactorily resolve the findings of the audit could lead to an adverse action. Each letter also notes that, due to the seriousness of one or more of the findings, the letter has been referred to a separate office within the DOE for consideration of possible adverse action including the possible imposition of a fine; the limitation, suspension, or termination of the institution’s Title IV Program eligibility; the revocation of the institution’s provisional program participation agreement; or the denial of a future application for renewal of the institution’s Title IV Program certification. Each letter indicates that the DOE will notify the institution if the DOE initiates an adverse action and will notify the institution of its appeal rights and procedures on how to contest the action if any is taken. We are continuing to cooperate with the audit process and to respond to the DOE’s requests for information in connection with the audits.

On December 16, 2020, the OIG began an audit of our Indianapolis institution to ensure that we used the funds provided under the Higher Education Emergency Relief Fund (“HEERF”) for allowable and intended purposes and to perform limited work on the institution’s cash management practices and HEERF reporting. We have been cooperating with the OIG during its audit of the institution. In September 2021, the OIG issued a final audit report containing 3 findings of alleged non-compliance and 2 additional topics that were each classified as an “other matter.” The final report is inclusive of our response to the findings and other matters.  The final audit report has been sent to the DOE for further consideration. We cannot predict the outcome of the audit, any liabilities or other actions the DOE might initiate in response to the audit findings, or the outcome of any appeal that might result in response to a DOE action related to the findings. We are continuing to cooperate with the ongoing audit process.

If one of our schools fails to comply with accrediting or state licensing requirements, such school and its main and/or branch campuses could be subject to the loss of state licensure or accreditation, which in turn could result in a loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs. If the DOE or another agency determined that one of our institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or violated a provision of the HEA or DOE regulations, the institution could be required to repay such funds and related costs to the DOE and lenders, and could be assessed an administrative fine. The DOE could also place the institution on provisional certification status and/or transfer the institution to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of receiving Title IV Program funds, under which an institution must disburse its own funds to students and document the students’ eligibility for Title IV Program funds before receiving such funds from the DOE.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”

Significant violations of Title IV Program requirements by the Company or any of our institutions could be the basis for the DOE to limit, suspend, terminate, revoke, or decline to renew the participation of the affected institution in Title IV Programs or to seek civil or criminal penalties. Generally, a termination of Title IV Program eligibility extends for 18 months before the institution may apply for reinstatement of its participation. There is no DOE proceeding pending to fine any of our institutions or to limit, suspend or terminate any of our institutions’ participation in Title IV Programs, nor has the DOE notified us of an intent to revoke or decline to renew any of our institutions’ participation in Title IV Programs.

We and our schools are also subject to claims and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by federal and state regulatory agencies and our accrediting bodies, but also by third parties, such as present or former students or employees and other members of the public. If we are unable to successfully resolve or defend against any such claim or lawsuit, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions or other penalties. Moreover, even if we successfully resolve or defend against any such claim or lawsuit, we may have to devote significant financial and management resources in order to reach such a result.

21

Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector.  In recent years, Congress, the DOE, state legislatures, accrediting agencies, the CFPB, the FTC, state attorneys general and the media have scrutinized the for-profit postsecondary education sector. Congressional hearings and roundtable discussions were held regarding various aspects of the education industry, including issues surrounding student debt as well as publicly reported student outcomes that may be used as part of an institution’s recruiting and admissions practices, and reports were issued that are highly critical of for-profit colleges and universities. A group of influential U.S. senators, consumer advocacy groups and some media outlets have strongly and repeatedly encouraged agencies such as the DOE, the FTC, the CFPB, the Department of Defense and the Department of Veterans Affairs and its state approving agencies to take action to limit or terminate the participation of institutions such as ours in existing tuition assistance programs. Both major political parties have conveyed significantly different views on how they would propose to reauthorize the Title IV Programs and the various conditions on program or institutional eligibility they would require.  As a result of the election of President Biden and the new leadership of the DOE, there is an increased likelihood of scrutiny of our institutions by federal agencies. It is not possible to know how this may affect the Company, however, any actions that limit our participation in Title IV Programs or the amount of student financial aid for which our students are eligible would negatively impact our business.

On December 21, 2021, we received a letter from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) stating that the CFPB is assessing whether we are subject to CFPB’s supervisory authority based on its activities related to consumer lending.  The letter states that the CFPB has the authority to supervise certain entities in the private education loan market and certain other consumer financial products and services.  The CFPB requested a list of information from us in order to conduct its assessment.  We have provided the requested information to the CFPB and are waiting for the CFPB to respond.  See Part I. Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Other Financial Assistance Programs.”

On October 6, 2021, the FTC issued an announcement regarding its plan to target false claims by for-profit colleges on topics such as promises about graduates’ job and earnings prospects and other outcomes, its intent to impose “significant financial penalties” on violators, and its intent to monitor the market carefully with federal and state partners. The FTC indicated in the announcement that it had put 70 for-profit higher education institutions on notice that the agency would be “cracking down” on any such false promises. All of our institutions were among the 70 institutions who received this notice. Although the FTC stated that a school’s presence on the list of 70 institutions does not reflect any assessment as to whether they have engaged in deceptive or unfair conduct, the FTC’s announcement and its issuance of notices to schools could lead to further scrutiny, investigations, and potential attempted enforcement actions by the FTC and other regulators against for-profit schools, including our schools.

On October 8, 2021, the DOE announced the establishment of an Office of Enforcement within the Federal Student Aid office that oversees institutions participating in the Title IV programs. The action restored an office that previously was established in 2016 but deprioritized during the prior presidential administration. The office will comprise four existing divisions including the Administrative Actions and Appeals Services Group (which among other things initiates adverse actions against institutions), the Borrower Defense Group (which analyzes borrower defense to repayment claims), the Investigations Group (which evaluates and investigates potential institutional noncompliance and collaborates with other federal and state regulators), and the Resolution and Referral Management Group (which tracks and resolves referrals, allegations and complaints about institutions and other parties that participate in the Title IV programs). The establishment of the Office of Enforcement could result in an increase in enforcement actions and other activities against for-profit schools and school companies, including us.

Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”).  On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was signed into law, which includes a $2 trillion federal economic relief package providing financial assistance and other relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the spread of COVID-19.  The CARES Act includes provisions for financial assistance and other regulatory relief benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions.

Among other things, the CARES Act includes a $14 billion HEERF funds for the DOE to distribute directly to institutions of higher education.  Institutions are required to use at least half of the HEERF funds for emergency grants to students for expenses related to disruptions in campus operations (e.g., food, housing, etc.).  Institutions are permitted to use the remainder of the funds for additional emergency grants to students or to cover institutional costs associated with significant changes to the delivery of instruction due to the COVID-19 emergency, provided that those costs do not include payment to contractors for the provision of pre-enrollment recruitment activities, endowments, or capital outlays associated with facilities related to athletics, sectarian instruction, or religious worship.  The law requires institutions receiving funds to continue to the greatest extent practicable to pay its employees and contractors during the period of any disruptions or closures related to the COVID-19 emergency.

22

The DOE has allocated funds to each institution of higher education based on a formula contained in the CARES Act. The formula is heavily weighted toward institutions with large numbers of Pell Grant recipients. The DOE allocated $27.4 million to our schools distributed in two equal installments and required them to be utilized by April 30, 2021 and May 14, 2021, respectively. The Company has distributed the full $13.7 million of its first installment as emergency grants to students and has utilized the full $13.7 million of its second installment. If the funds are not spent or accounted for in accordance with applicable requirements, we could be required to return funds or be subject to other sanctions.  The DOE is currently reviewing a final audit report issued by the OIG on September 24, 2021 regarding several matters including whether we used HEERF funds for allowable and intended purposes.  See Part I. Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.”

Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CRRSAA”) and ARPA.  On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 was signed into law.  This annual appropriations bill contained the CRRSAA.  CRRSAA provided an additional $81.9 billion to the Education Stabilization Fund including $22.7 billion for the HEERF, which were originally created by the CARES Act in March 2020.  The higher education provisions of the CRRSAA are intended in part to provide additional financial assistance benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions in the wake of the spread of COVID-19 across the country and its impact on higher educational institutions.  In March 2021, the $1.9 trillion American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“ARPA”) was signed into law. Among other things, the ARPA provides $40 billion in relief funds that will go directly to colleges and universities with $395.8 million going to for-profit institutions.  The DOE has allocated a total of $24.4 million to our schools from the funds made available under CRRSAA and ARPA.  As of December 31, 2021, the Company has drawn down and distributed to our students $14.8 million of these allocated funds.  The remainder of the funds are on hold by the DOE and will be distributed to the students upon release.  Failure to comply with requirements for the usage and reporting of these funds could result in requirements to repay some or all of the allocated funds and in other sanctions. 

Available Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge on our website at www.lincolntech.edu  under the “Investor Relations - Financial Information - SEC Filings” captions, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such materials with, or furnish them to, the SEC. Reports of our executive officers, directors and any other persons required to file securities ownership reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act are also available through our website. Information contained on our website is not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

The risk factors described below and other information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are among the numerous risks faced by our Company and should be carefully considered before deciding to invest in, sell or retain shares of our common stock.  These are factors that, individually or in the aggregate, could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results and the risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Investors should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such risks and, as such, should not consider the following to be a complete discussion of all potential risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company. Investors should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below in addition to other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

RISKS RELATED TO COVID-19

Public health outbreaks, epidemics and pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic can have far-reaching and negative impacts on world economies.  The pandemic caused by COVID-19 has had a significant impact on the U.S. economy which has continued through 2021 and could have a materially adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant disruption to the U.S. and world economies, including the closing of many schools and businesses for extended periods of time, significantly higher unemployment and underemployment, significantly lower interest rates and equity market valuations, and extreme volatility in the U.S. and world financial markets. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the U.S. economy has continued to be significant during 2021.

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic, including its variants, continues to impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain, unpredictable and largely beyond our control, including, among others: the scope and duration of COVID-19 and its variants; the number of our employees, students, and vendors adversely affected by the pandemic; the broader public health and economic dislocations resulting from the pandemic; any legislative or regulatory changes or other actions taken by governmental authorities to limit the public health, financial and economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic; any reputational damage related to the public perception of our or our industry’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic; and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on local, and U.S. economies.

23

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

Our failure to comply with the extensive regulatory requirements for participation in Title IV Programs and school operations could result in financial penalties, restrictions on our operations and loss of external financial aid funding, which could affect our revenues and impose significant operating restrictions on us.

Our industry is highly regulated by federal and state governmental agencies and by accrediting commissions.  The various regulatory agencies applicable to our business periodically revise their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing requirements and restrictions. We cannot predict with certainty how any of these regulatory requirements will be applied or whether each of our schools will be able to comply with such revised requirements in the future. Given the complex nature of the regulations and the fact that they are subject to interpretation, it is reasonable to conclude that in the conduct of our business, we may inadvertently violate such regulations.  In particular, the HEA and DOE regulations specify extensive criteria and numerous standards that an institution must satisfy to establish to participate in the Title IV Programs.  For a description of these federal, state, and accrediting agency criteria, see Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment.”

If we are found not to have satisfied the HEA or the DOE’s requirements for Title IV Programs funding, one or more of our institutions, including its additional locations, could be limited in its access to, or lose, Title IV Program funding, which could adversely affect our revenue, as we received approximately 75% of our revenue (calculated based on cash receipts) from Title IV Programs in 2021, and have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.  If any of our schools fail to comply with applicable HEA or regulatory requirements, our regulators could take a variety of adverse actions against us, and our schools could be subject to, among other things, a) the loss of, or placement of material restrictions or conditions on (i) state licensure or accreditation, (ii) eligibility to participate in and receive funds under the Title IV Programs or other federal or state financial assistance programs, or (iii) capacity to grant degrees, diplomas and certificates or b) the imposition of liabilities or monetary penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on academic or operational initiatives, revenues or financial condition, and impose significant operating restrictions upon us. See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.”

If we fail to demonstrate “administrative capability” to the DOE, our business could suffer.

DOE regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite “administrative capability” to participate in Title IV Programs, and the DOE is currently engaged in a rulemaking process that may expand the number and scope of these criteria. For a description of these criteria, see Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Administrative Capability.”

If we are found not to have satisfied the DOE’s “administrative capability” requirements, or otherwise failed to comply with one or more DOE requirements, one or more of our institutions and its additional locations, could be limited in its access to, or lose, Title IV Program funding.  This could adversely affect our revenue, as we received approximately 75% of our revenue (calculated based on cash receipts) from Title IV Programs in 2021, which would have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.  The DOE has placed all of our institutions on provisional certification based on findings in recent audits of the institutions’ Title IV compliance that the DOE alleges identified deficiencies in regulations related to DOE regulations regarding an institutions’ level of administrative capability.  See Part I. Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs.”

Congress and the DOE may make changes to the laws and regulations applicable to, or reduce funding for, Title IV Programs, which could reduce our student population, revenues or profit margin.

Congress periodically revises the HEA and other laws governing Title IV Programs and annually determines the funding level for each Title IV Program. We cannot predict what, if any, legislative or other actions will be taken or proposed by Congress in connection with the reauthorization of the HEA or other such activities of Congress, although Congress recently made a change to the 90/10 rule that will make it harder for schools like ours that are subject to the rule to comply with the rule. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Congressional Action.”  Because a significant percentage of our revenues are derived from the Title IV Programs, any action by Congress or the DOE that significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or that limits the ability of our schools, programs, or students to receive funding through such programs or that imposes new restrictions upon our business or operations could reduce our student enrollment and our revenues, increase our administrative costs, require us to arrange for alternative sources of financial aid for our students, and require us to modify our practices in order to fully comply.  In addition, current requirements for Title IV Program participation may change or the present Title IV Programs could be replaced by other programs with materially different eligibility requirements.  The potential for changes that may be adverse to us and other for-profit schools like ours may increase as a result of the change in administration and changes in Congress.  The DOE is currently engaged in a process to establish new regulations that are expected to increase the number and scope of regulatory requirements applicable to our schools.  See Part I, Item 1.  “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”  If we cannot comply with the provisions of the HEA and the regulations of the DOE, as they may be revised, or if the cost of such compliance is excessive, or if funding is materially reduced, our revenues or profit margin could be materially adversely affected.

24

We could be subject to liabilities, letter of credit requirements, and other sanctions under the DOE’s Borrower Defense to Repayment Regulations.

On July 1, 2020, the DOE’s published final Borrower Defense to Repayment regulations became effective. Among other things, these new regulations amend the processes for borrowers to receive from DOE a discharge of the obligation to repay certain Title IV Program loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2020 based on certain acts or omissions by the institution or a covered party. The new and existing DOE regulations establish detailed procedures and standards for the loan discharge processes for periods prior to July 1, 2017, between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2020, and on or after July 1, 2020, including the information required for borrowers to receive a loan discharge, and the authority of the DOE to seek recovery from the institution of the amount of discharged loans. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Borrower Defense to Repayment Regulations.” The regulations also modify certain components of the financial responsibility regulations, including the list of triggering events that could result in the DOE determining that the institution lacks financial responsibility and must submit to the DOE a letter of credit or other form of acceptable financial protection and accept other conditions on the institution’s Title IV Program eligibility. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.”  The DOE is currently engaged in a process to establish additional regulations that could make it easier for borrowers to obtain loan discharges and for the DOE to impose liabilities and other sanctions on schools based on the discharge of loans and that could increase the number and scope of financial responsibility requirements.  See Part I, Item 1.  “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”

The DOE has changed its regulations, and may make other changes in the future, in a manner which could require us to incur additional costs in connection with our administration of the Title IV Programs, affect our ability to remain eligible to participate in the Title IV Programs, impose restrictions on our participation in the Title IV Programs, affect the rate at which students enroll in our programs, or otherwise have a significant impact on our business and results of operations.

The DOE periodically issues new regulations and guidance that can have an adverse effect on our institutions. We cannot predict the timing and content of any new regulations or guidance that the DOE may seek to impose or whether and to what extent the DOE under the new administration may issue new regulations and guidance that could adversely impact for-profit schools including our institutions. The DOE recently published new regulations on a variety of topics on November 1, 2019 with a general effective date of July 1, 2020 and published additional regulations on additional topics on September 2, 2020 with a general effective date of July 1, 2021.  The DOE is currently engaged in a rulemaking process that is expected to result in new regulations on a broad range of topics that could adversely impact institutions including our institutions. See Part I, Item 1, “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.  If we cannot comply with the provisions of these or other regulations, as they currently exist or may be revised, or if the cost of such compliance is excessive, or if funding is materially reduced, our revenues or profit margin could be materially adversely affected.

We cannot predict how the DOE would interpret and enforce current or future regulations or how these regulations, or any regulations that may arise out of a negotiated rulemaking process or any other regulations that DOE may promulgate, may impact our schools’ participation in the Title IV Programs; however, current or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on our schools’ business and results of operations, and the broad sweep of the recent rules and the rules that the Department is currently developing may, in the future, require our schools to submit a letter of credit based on expanded standards of financial responsibility.

If we or our eligible institutions do not meet the financial responsibility standards prescribed by the DOE, we may be required to post letters of credit or our eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs could be terminated or limited, which could significantly reduce our student population and revenues.

To participate in Title IV Programs, an eligible institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by the DOE or post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE and possibly accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV Programs. The DOE published new regulations that establish expanded standards of financial responsibility that could result in a requirement that we submit to the DOE a substantial letter of credit or other form of financial protection in an amount determined by the DOE, and be subject to other conditions and requirements, based on any one of an extensive list of triggering circumstances. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Financial Responsibility Standards.” The DOE is currently engaged in a rulemaking process that is expected to result in new regulations that, among other things, may increase the number and scope of financial responsibility requirements and triggering circumstances that could lead to a letter of credit requirement or other sanctions.  Any obligation to post one or more letters of credit would increase our costs of regulatory compliance. Our inability to obtain a required letter of credit or limitations on, or termination or revocation of, our participation in Title IV Programs could limit our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, which could significantly reduce our student population and revenues.

We are subject to fines and other sanctions if we make incentive payments to individuals involved in certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid activities, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our results of operations.

An institution participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on success in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any person involved in any student recruiting or admission activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of Title IV Program funds. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment -- Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other Incentive Payments.”  We cannot predict how the DOE will interpret and enforce the incentive compensation rule and the limited published guidance that the DOE has provided, nor how it will apply the rule and guidance to our past, present, and future compensation practices.  These regulations have had and may continue to have a significant impact on the rate at which students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.  If we are found to have violated this law, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by the DOE or we could face litigation filed under the qui tam provisions of the Federal False Claims Act.

25

If our schools do not maintain their state licensure and accreditation, they may not participate in Title IV Programs, which could adversely affect our student population and revenues.

An institution must be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE and by applicable state educational agencies in order to participate in Title IV Programs.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – State Authorization” and “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation.” Our schools are currently on financial reporting status with ACCSC.  If any of our schools fails to comply with accrediting commission requirements, the institution and its main and/or branch campuses are subject to the loss of accreditation or may be placed on probation or a special monitoring or reporting status which, if the noncompliance with accrediting commission requirements is not resolved, could result in loss of accreditation. Loss of accreditation by any of our main campuses would result in the termination of that school’s eligibility and all of its branch campuses to participate in Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the school and its branches, which could have a significant adverse impact on our business and operations.

On October 28, 2021, the DOE announced that it had notified ACCSC that a decision on the recognition by the DOE of ACCSC as an accrediting agency was being deferred pending the submission of additional information about ACCSC’s monitoring, evaluation, and actions related to high-risk institutions. See Part 1, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation.”  If the DOE declines to continue its recognition of ACCSC and if the subsequent period for obtaining accreditation from another DOE-recognized accrediting agency lapses before we obtain accreditation from another DOE-recognize accrediting agency (or if the DOE does not provide such a period for institutions to obtain other accreditation), our schools could lose our Title IV eligibility.  We cannot predict the timing and outcome of the DOE’s decision on the continuation of its recognition of ACCSC, the timing and outcome of any appeal that ACCSC might pursue in the event of an adverse decision, or the duration and conditions of any period the DOE may elect to provide to institutions to obtain accreditation from another DOE-recognized accrediting agency.

Programmatic accreditation is the process through which specific programs are reviewed and approved by industry- and program-specific accrediting entities. Although programmatic accreditation is not generally necessary for Title IV Program eligibility, such accreditation may be required to allow students to sit for certain licensure exams or to work in a particular profession or career or to meet other requirements.  Failure to obtain or maintain such programmatic accreditation may lead to a decline in enrollments in such programs.

Our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if the percentage of their revenues derived from those programs exceeds 90%, which could reduce our student population and revenues.

A proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of at least two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% for a single fiscal year will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If Congress or the DOE were to amend the 90/10 Rule to treat other forms of federal financial aid as Title IV Program revenue for 90/10 Rule purposes, lower the 90% threshold, or otherwise change the calculation methodology, or make other changes to the 90/10 Rule, those changes could make it more difficult for our institutions to comply with the 90/10 Rule.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – 90/10 Rule.” If any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, that loss would cause an event of default under our credit agreement, would also adversely affect our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, and would have a significant impact on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

In March 2021, the ARPA amended the 90/10 rule by treating other “Federal funds that are disbursed or delivered to or on behalf of a student to be used to attend such institution” in the same way as Title IV funds are currently treated in the 90/10 rule calculation. See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – 90/10 Rule.”  The ARPA states that the amendments to the 90/10 rule apply to institutional fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2023 and are subject to the HEA’s negotiated rulemaking process.  The DOE initiated a negotiated rulemaking process to amend the 90/10 rule in January 2022.  We cannot predict the ultimate timing and content of the final regulations, but the future regulations on 90/10 could have a materially adverse effect on us and other schools like ours.  See Part I, Item 1.  “Business – Regulatory Environment – 90/10 Rule” and “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”

Our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if their former students defaulted on repayment of their federal student loans in excess of specified levels, which could reduce our student population and revenues.

An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or all Title IV Programs if the rates at which the institution’s current and former students default on their federal student loans exceed specified percentages.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Student Loan Defaults.”  If former students defaulted on repayment of their federal student loans in excess of specified levels, our institutions would lose eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, would cause an event of default under our credit agreement, would also adversely affect our students’ access to various government-sponsored student financial aid programs, and would have a significant impact on the rate at which our students enroll in our programs and on our business and results of operations.

26

We are subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and timely return Title IV Program funds for students who withdraw before completing their educational program, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and decrease our profit margin.

An institution participating in Title IV Programs must correctly calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been credited to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completing them and must return those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within 45 days of such student’s withdrawal. If the unearned funds are not properly calculated and timely returned, we may have to post a letter of credit in favor of the DOE or may be otherwise sanctioned by the DOE, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely affect our results of operations. Based upon the findings of an annual Title IV Program compliance audit of our Columbia and Iselin institutions, we are required to submit a letter of credit in the amount of $600,020 to the DOE. See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Return of Title IV Program Funds.”

We are subject to sanctions if we fail to comply with the DOE’s regulations regarding prohibitions against substantial misrepresentations, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and decrease our profit margin.

The DOE’s regulations prohibit an institution that participates in the Title IV Programs from engaging in substantial misrepresentation of the nature of its educational programs, financial charges, graduate employability or its relationship with the DOE. The DOE has initiated a negotiated rulemaking process that may result in, among other things, an expansion of the categories of conduct deemed to be a misrepresentation and that also may result in new prohibitions on certain types of recruiting tactics and conduct that the DOE deems to be aggressive or deceptive.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Substantial Misrepresentation” and “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.”  If the DOE determines that one of our institutions has engaged in substantial misrepresentation, the DOE may impose sanctions or other conditions upon the institution including, but not limited to, initiating an action to fine the institution or limit, suspend, or terminate its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs and may seek to discharge students’ loans and impose liabilities upon the institution.

All of our institutions are provisionally certified by the DOE which may make them more vulnerable to unfavorable DOE action and place additional regulatory burdens on its operations.

All of our institutions are provisionally certified by the DOE.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs.”  The DOE typically places an institution on provisional certification following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control, and may provisionally certify an institution for other reasons including, but not limited to, failure to comply with certain standards of administrative capability or financial responsibility. During the time when an institution is provisionally certified, it may be subject to adverse action with fewer due process rights than those afforded to other institutions.  In addition, an institution that is provisionally certified must apply for and receive approval from the DOE for certain substantive changes including, but not limited to, the establishment of an additional location, an increase in the level of academic offerings or the addition of new programs. The DOE is currently engaged in a negotiated rulemaking process that is considering, among other issues, establishing rules to authorize additional conditions and restrictions on provisionally certified institutions.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Negotiated Rulemaking.” Any adverse action by the DOE or increased regulatory burdens as a result of the provisional status of one of our institutions could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

Regulatory agencies or third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation against us. If the results of these reviews or claims are unfavorable to us, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are subject to compliance reviews and claims of noncompliance and lawsuits by government agencies and third parties. We may be subject to further reviews related to, among other things, issues of noncompliance identified in recent audits and reviews related to our institutions’ compliance with Title IV Program requirements or related to liabilities for the discharge of loans to certain students who attended campuses of our institutions that are now closed.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment – Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations.”  If the results of these reviews or proceedings are unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully against third-party lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject to fines, limitations on the operations of our business, loss of federal and state funding, injunctions or other penalties. Even if we adequately address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend a third-party lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or defend those lawsuits or claims. Certain of our institutions are subject to ongoing reviews and proceedings. See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation,” “Regulatory Environment – Other Financial Assistance Programs,” “Regulatory Environment – Borrower Defense to Repayment,” “Regulatory Environment - Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of Regulatory Violations,” and “Regulatory Environment - Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector.”

Our business could be adversely impacted by additional legislation, regulations, or investigations regarding private student lending because students attending our schools rely on private student loans to pay tuition and other institutional charges.

27

The U.S. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, has exercised supervisory authority over private education loan providers. The CFPB has been active in conducting investigations into the private student loan market and issuing several reports with findings that are critical of the private student loan market. The CFPB has initiated investigations into the lending practices of other institutions in the for-profit education sector and has indicated to the Company that it is assessing whether we are subject to CFPB’s supervisory authority based on our activities related to consumer lending.  We have provided requested information to the CFPB and are waiting for the CFPB to respond.  We cannot predict whether the CFPB or other regulators will conduct further reviews or take actions that could require us to change private lending to students at our schools or have a material adverse impact on our operations.  See Part I, Item 1.  “Business – Regulatory Environment – Other Financial Assistance Programs.”  We cannot predict whether any of this activity, or other activities, will result in Congress, the DOE, the CFPB or other regulators adopting new legislation or regulations, or conducting additional investigations, into the private student loan market or into the loans received by our students to attend our institutions. Any new legislation, regulations, or investigations regarding private student lending could limit the availability of private student loans to our students, which could have a significant impact on our business and operations.

Changes in the executive branch of our federal government as a result of the outcome of elections or other events could result in further legislation, appropriations, regulations and enforcement actions that could materially or adversely affect our business.

Our industry is subject to an intensive ongoing federal and state regulatory environment that affects our industry. The composition of federal and state executive offices, executive agencies and legislatures that are subject to change based on the results of elections, appointments and other events, may adversely impact our industry through constant changes in that regulatory environment resulting from the disparate views towards the for-profit education industry.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector.”  Any laws that are adopted that limit our or our students’ participation in Title IV Programs or in programs to provide funds for active duty service members and veterans or the amount of student financial aid for which our students are eligible, or any decreases in enrollment related to the Congressional activity concerning this sector, could have a material adverse effect on our academic or operational initiatives, cash flows, results of operations, or financial condition.

Adverse publicity arising from scrutiny of us or other for-profit postsecondary schools may negatively affect us or our schools.

In recent years, Congress, the DOE, state legislatures, accrediting agencies, the CFPB, the FTC, state attorneys general and the media have scrutinized the for-profit postsecondary education sector.  See Part I, Item 1. “Business – Regulatory Environment – Scrutiny of the For-Profit Postsecondary Education Sector.”  Adverse publicity regarding any past, pending, or future investigations, claims, settlements, and/or actions against us or other for-profit postsecondary schools could negatively affect our reputation, student enrollment levels, revenue, profit, and/or the market price of our common stock. Unresolved investigations, claims, and actions, or adverse resolutions or settlements thereof, could also result in additional inquiries, administrative actions or lawsuits, increased scrutiny, the loss or withholding of accreditation, state licensure, or eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs or other financial assistance programs, and/or the imposition of other sanctions by federal, state, or accrediting agencies which, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows and result in the imposition of significant restrictions on us and our ability to operate.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

Our success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and develop new programs in a cost-effective manner and on a timely basis.

Prospective employers of our graduates increasingly demand that their entry-level employees possess appropriate technological skills. These skills are becoming more sophisticated in line with technological advancements in the automotive, diesel, information technology, and skilled trades. Accordingly, educational programs at our schools must keep pace with those technological advancements. The expansion of our existing programs and the development of new programs may not be accepted by our students, prospective employers or the technical education market. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as our students require or as competitors or employers demand. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes in market requirements due to financial or regulatory constraints, unusually rapid technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain students could be impaired, our placement rates could suffer and our revenues could be adversely affected.

In addition, if we are unable to adequately anticipate the requirements of the employers we serve, we may offer programs that do not teach skills useful to prospective employers, which could affect our placement rates and our ability to attract and retain students, causing our revenues to be adversely affected.

28

Competition could decrease our market share and cause us to lower our tuition rates.

The post-secondary education market is highly competitive. We compete for students and faculty with traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and universities and other proprietary schools, many of which have greater financial resources than we do. Some traditional public and private colleges and universities, as well as other private career-oriented schools, offer programs that may be perceived by students to be similar to ours. Most public institutions are able to charge lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government subsidies and other financial resources not available to for-profit schools. Some of our competitors also have substantially greater financial and other resources than we have which may, among other things, allow our competitors to secure strategic relationships with some or all of our existing strategic partners or develop other high profile strategic relationships, or devote more resources to expanding their programs and their school network, or provide greater financing alternatives to their students, all of which could affect the success of our marketing programs. In addition, some of our competitors have a larger network of schools and campuses than we do, enabling them to recruit students more effectively from a wider geographic area. This strong competition could adversely affect our business.

We may be required to reduce tuition or increase spending in response to competition in order to retain or attract students or pursue new market opportunities. As a result, our market share, revenues and operating margin may be decreased. We cannot be sure that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors or that the competitive pressures we face will not adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Our financial performance depends in part on our ability to continue to develop awareness and acceptance of our programs among high school graduates and working adults looking to return to school.

The awareness of our programs among high school graduates and working adults looking to return to school is critical to the continued acceptance and growth of our programs. Our inability to continue to develop awareness of our programs could reduce our enrollments and impair our ability to increase our revenues or maintain profitability. The following are some of the factors that could prevent us from successfully marketing our programs:

• Student dissatisfaction with our programs and services;

• Diminished access to high school student populations;

• Our failure to maintain or expand our brand or other factors related to our marketing or advertising practices; and

• Our inability to maintain relationships with employers in the automotive, diesel, skilled trades and IT services industries.

An increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain students.

Our students and their families have benefitted from historic lows on student loan interest rates in recent years.  Much of the financing our students receive is tied to floating interest rates. Recently, however, student loan interest rates have been edging higher, making borrowing for education more expensive.  Increases in interest rates result in a corresponding increase in the cost to our existing and prospective students of financing their education, which could result in a reduction in the number of students attending our schools and could adversely affect our results of operations and revenues. Higher interest rates could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our students’ repayment of their education loans. Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility for Title IV Program participation or the willingness of private lenders to make private loan programs available to students who attend our schools, which could result in a reduction in our student population.

A substantial decrease in student financing options, or a significant increase in financing costs for our students, could have a significant impact on our student population, revenues and financial results.

The consumer credit markets in the United States have recently suffered from increases in default rates and foreclosures on mortgages.  Adverse market conditions for consumer and federally guaranteed student loans could result in providers of alternative loans reducing the attractiveness and/or decreasing the availability of alternative loans to post-secondary students, including students with low credit scores who would not otherwise be eligible for credit-based alternative loans. Prospective students may find that these increased financing costs make borrowing prohibitively expensive and abandon or delay enrollment in post-secondary education programs. Private lenders could also require that we pay them new or increased fees in order to provide alternative loans to prospective students. If any of these scenarios were to occur, our students’ ability to finance their education could be adversely affected and our student population could decrease, which could have a significant impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, any actions by the U.S. Congress or by states that significantly reduce funding for Title IV Programs or other student financial assistance programs, or the ability of our students to participate in these programs, or establish different or more stringent requirements for our schools to participate in those programs, could have a significant impact on our student population, results of operations and cash flows.

We cannot predict our future capital needs, and if we are unable to secure additional financing when needed, our operations and revenues would be adversely affected.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future to fund acquisitions, working capital requirements, expand our markets and program offerings or respond to competitive pressures or perceived opportunities. We cannot be sure that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all.  If adequate funds are unavailable when required or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to forego attractive acquisition opportunities, cease operations and, even if we are able to continue our operations, our ability to increase student enrollment and revenues would be adversely affected.

29

We may not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the personnel we need to sustain and grow our business.

Our success has depended, and will continue to depend, largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive officers who generally have significant experience within the post-secondary education industry. Our success also depends in large part upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified faculty, school directors, administrators and corporate management. Due to the nature of our business, we face significant competition in the attraction and retention of personnel who possess the skill sets that we seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and subsequently compete against us. Furthermore, we do not currently carry “key man” life insurance on any of our employees. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms, could have an adverse effect on our ability to operate our business efficiently and to execute our growth strategy.

Strikes by our employees may disrupt our ability to hold classes as well as our ability to attract and retain students, which could materially adversely affect our operations.  In addition, we contribute to multiemployer benefit plans that could result in liabilities to us if these plans are terminated or we withdraw from them.

As of December 31, 2021, the teaching professionals at six of our campuses are represented by unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements that expire between 2022 and 2024.  Although we believe that we have good relationships with these unions and with our employees, any strikes or work stoppages by our employees could adversely impact our relationships with our students, hinder our ability to conduct business and increase costs.

We also contribute to multiemployer pension plans for some employees covered by collective bargaining agreements.  These plans are not administered by us, and contributions are determined in accordance with provisions of negotiated labor contracts.  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, imposes certain liabilities upon employers who are contributors to a multiemployer plan in the event of the employer’s withdrawal from, or upon termination of, such plan.  We do not routinely review information on the net assets and actuarial present value of the multiemployer pension plans’ unfunded vested benefits allocable to us, if any, and we are not presently aware of any material amounts for which we may be contingently liable if we were to withdraw from any of these plans.  In addition, if any of these multiemployer plans enters “critical status” under the Pension Protection Act of 2006, we could be required to make significant additional contributions to those plans.

System disruptions to our technology infrastructure could impact our ability to generate revenue and could damage the reputation of our institutions.

The performance and reliability of our technology infrastructure is critical to our reputation and to our ability to attract and retain students. We license the software and related hosting and maintenance services for our online platform and our student information system from third-party software providers. Any system error or failure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could result in the unavailability of systems to us or our students or result in delays and/or errors in processing student financial aid and related disbursements.  Any such system disruptions could impact our ability to generate revenue and affect our ability to access information about our students and could also damage the reputation of our institutions.  Any of the cyber-attacks, breaches or other disruptions or damage described above could interrupt our operations, result in theft of our and our students’ data or result in legal claims and proceedings, liability and penalties under privacy laws and increased cost for security and remediation, each of which could adversely affect our business and financial results.  We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against system errors, failures or disruptions or to repair problems caused by any actual errors, disruptions or failures.

We are subject to privacy and information security laws and regulations due to our collection and use of personal information, and any violations of those laws or regulations, or any breach, theft or loss of that information, could adversely affect our reputation and operations.

Our efforts to attract and enroll students result in us collecting, using and storing substantial amounts of personal information regarding applicants, our students, their families and alumni, including social security numbers and financial data. We also maintain personal information about our employees in the ordinary course of our activities. Our services, the services of many of our health plan and benefit plan vendors, and other information can be accessed globally through the Internet. We rely extensively on our network of interconnected applications and databases for day to day operations as well as financial reporting and the processing of financial transactions. Our computer networks and those of our vendors that manage confidential information for us or provide services to our student may be vulnerable to computer hackers, organized cyber-attacks and physical or electronic breaches or unauthorized access, acts of vandalism, ransomware, software viruses and other similar types of malicious activities.  Regular patching of our computer systems and frequent updates to our virus detection and prevention software with the latest virus and malware signatures may not catch newly introduced malware and viruses or “zero-day” viruses, prior to their infecting our systems and potentially disrupting our data integrity, taking sensitive information or affecting financial transactions. While we utilize security and business controls to limit access to and use of personal information, any breach of student or employee privacy or errors in storing, using or transmitting personal information could violate privacy laws and regulations resulting in fines or other penalties. A wide range of high profile data breaches in recent years has led to renewed interest in federal data and cybersecurity legislation that could increase our costs and/or require changes in our operating procedures or systems. A breach, theft or loss of personal information held by us or our vendors, or a violation of the laws and regulations governing privacy could have a material adverse effect on our reputation or result in lawsuits, additional regulation, remediation and compliance costs or investments in additional security systems to protect our computer networks, the costs of which may be substantial.  We cannot assure you that a breach, loss, or theft of personal information will not occur.

30

Changes in U.S. tax laws or adverse outcomes from examination of our tax returns could have an adverse effect upon our financial results.

We are subject to income tax requirements in various jurisdictions in the United States. Legislation or other changes in the tax laws of the jurisdictions where we do business could increase our liability and adversely affect our after-tax profitability. In addition, we are subject to examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and the taxing authorities of various states.  We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from tax examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes and we have accrued tax and related interest for potential adjustments to tax liabilities for prior years.  However, there can be no assurance that the outcomes from these tax examinations will not have a material effect, either positive or negative, on our business, financial conditions and results of operation.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR CAPITAL STRUCTURE

The current holders of our Series A Preferred Stock, Juniper Investment Company Inc. and Talanta Investment Group, Inc., with their affiliates, beneficially own approximately 18% and 7%, respectively, of our outstanding common stock on an “as converted basis.” As such, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock possesses significant voting power over the common stock, and there can be no assurance that their interests will align with the interests of the other common shareholders.

In November 2019, we issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock to two investors that requires us to obtain the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock to authorize numerous actions, including to pay dividends on our common stock, repurchase our common stock, issue certain new classes of preferred stock, and incur indebtedness. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such approval should we seek to take an action requiring their approval.

In addition to the blocking rights noted above, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock vote with the holders of shares of common stock and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of our Company, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the holders of common stock, on an as-converted basis, but in all cases each holder of Series A Preferred Stock together with its affiliates, may not vote more than 19.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the shares being voted by the holder (the “Hard Cap”), unless prior shareholder approval is obtained or no longer required by the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The current holders of our Series A Preferred Stock, Juniper Investment Company Inc. and Talanta Investment Group, Inc., with their affiliates, beneficially own approximately 18% and 7%, respectively, of our outstanding common stock on an “as converted basis.” As such, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock possesses significant voting power over the common stock, and there can be no assurance that their interests will align with the interests of the other common shareholders.

In addition to possessing significant common stock voting power on any matter put to a vote of the common shareholders, which includes the appointment of directors, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to appoint one director to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Series A Director”) who may serve on any committees of the Board, until the later of (i) the time that the shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been converted into common stock or (ii) the time that a holder still owns shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are subject to conversion and the sum of such shares plus any other shares of common stock represent at least 10% of the total outstanding shares of common stock. John A. Bartholdson currently serves as the Series A Director.

We have an obligation to pay dividends on our shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

Beginning on September 30, 2020, dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Dividends”), at the initial annual rate of 9.6% are paid, in advance, from the date of issuance quarterly on each December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30.  The Company, at its option, may pay dividends in cash or by increasing the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Conversion Shares”). The value of any dividend paid in Conversion Shares will increase the dollar amount subject to the dividend rate and thereby increase subsequent dividend amounts.

The dividend rate is subject to increase (a) by 2.4% per annum on the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock and (b) by 2% per annum but in no event above 14% per annum should the Company fail to perform certain obligations owed to the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock. In order to pay Series A Dividends in cash, we require the approval of our lender under our credit agreement and there can be no assurance that even were we able to pay Series A Dividends in cash, we would be able to secure the necessary lender approvals to do so.

31

While we have not paid dividends to our common shareholders since February 2015 and we do not foresee doing so in the future, in addition to obtaining the approval of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, of which there can be no assurance, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are required to participate in any such cash dividend on an “as converted basis” thereby diluting any such dividend payment to the common shareholders.

The Series A Preferred Stock is perpetual.

The Series A Preferred Stock is perpetual having no fixed maturity date. However, on and after November 14, 2024, the Company may redeem all or any of the Series A Preferred Stock for a cash price (the “Liquidation Preference”) equal to the greater of (i) the sum of $1,000 (subject to adjustment) plus the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash and (ii) the value of the Conversion Shares were such shares of Series A Preferred Stock converted. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient funds or available financing sources to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock, or if we had the necessary funding we would be able to obtain the consent of our then lender to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock. It is therefore possible that the Series A Preferred Stock will be outstanding for an indefinite period of time.

We may not be able to force the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, at any time, is convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient of (i) the sum of (A) $1,000 (subject to adjustment) plus (B) the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash divided by (ii) the Series A Conversion Price as of the applicable Conversion Date, but subject to the Hard Cap. The initial Conversion Price is $2.36 (the “Convertible Formula”).

If, at any time following November 14, 2022, the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock for a period of 20 consecutive trading days and on each such trading day at least 20,000 shares of common stock was traded, equals or exceeds $5.31 per share (2.25 times the Conversion Price) the Company may, at its option and subject to the Hard Cap, require that any or all of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock be automatically converted into shares of common stock at the then applicable Convertible Formula. To the extent that we satisfy our Series A Dividend obligation by increasing the number of common shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, that would further dilute our common stock and likely result in downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock. There can be no assurance that our common stock will trade at the per share price, for the necessary period of time and with the required volume to cause the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into common stock, at any time or at all.

Registration of the Conversion Shares may cause overhang.

The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to unlimited registration rights for the Conversion Shares, including 2 of which that may require us to effectuate an underwritten offering. Although unless our stock price significantly increases, it is likely that the Series A Holders will hold their Series A Preferred Stock and not convert them into shares of common stock, we were obligated to file with the SEC by November 13, 2020 a registration statement for the shelf covering the Conversion Shares (the “Resale Shelf”) and use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Resale Shelf to be declared effective by the SEC not later than 60 days after the filing thereof. The filing of the Resale Shelf covering the Conversion Shares may create market overhang on our common stock and thereby downward pressure on the price of our common stock. Should we be unable to maintain the effectiveness of the Resale Shelf (and certain other registration statements concerning the Conversion Shares), or certain other events occur with respect to such registration statements, some of which are beyond our control, we will be required to pay the holders of Series A Preferred Stock an amount equal to 1.5% of the value of the Conversion Shares covered thereby for each 30 day period that such registration statements are not effective, up to a maximum of 7.5%.

Shareholders of Series A Preferred Stock may transfer their shares after November 13, 2020 without our approval.

The holders of Series A Preferred Stock may, subject to compliance with the securities laws, sell their Series A Preferred Stock to any purchaser, without our prior approval. While we believe we have a good relationship with the current holders of Series A Preferred Stock, there can be no assurance that we will continue to enjoy good relations with them or with any purchaser of their Series A Preferred Stock.

In the event of certain changes of control, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive a liquidation preference.

In the event of certain changes of control, some of which are not within the Company’s control (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation as a “Fundamental Change” or a “Liquidation”), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the Liquidation Preference, unless such Fundamental Change is a stock merger in which certain value and volume requirements are met, in which case the Series A Preferred Stock will be converted into common stock in connection with such stock merger. As a result, this provision (along with the other provisions of the Series A Preferred Stock) may make the Company less attractive to a potential acquirer.

32

Our principal shareholder owns a significant percentage of our capital stock and is able to influence certain corporate matters.

As of December 31, 2021, Juniper Investment Company, LLC and its affiliates (“Juniper”) beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 3% of our outstanding common stock and 88% of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, which votes on an as-converted basis subject to a voting cap, as described below. The voting power of Juniper, including the common stock and the as-converted preferred stock with the voting cap described below, was approximately 19% as of December 31, 2021.

Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at any time, into a number of shares of common stock equal to (“Convertible Formula”) the quotient of (i) the sum of (A) $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended) plus (B) the dollar amount of any dividends applicable to the Series A Preferred Stock and not paid in cash divided by (ii) the Series A Conversion Price (as defined and adjusted in the Company’s certificate of incorporation) as of the applicable date of conversion. The initial conversion price is $2.36. At all times, however, the number of shares of common stock that can be issued to any holder of Series A Preferred Stock may not result in such holder and its affiliates owning more than 19.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion (the “Hard Cap”), unless prior shareholder approval is obtained or no longer required by the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market. If, at any time following November 14, 2022 the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds 2.25 times the conversion price for a period of 20 consecutive trading days and on each such trading day at least 20,000 shares of common stock was traded, the Company may, at its option and subject to the Hard Cap, require that any or all of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock be automatically converted into shares of common stock at the then applicable Convertible Formula.

The holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, have the right to appoint one director to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Series A Director”) who may serve on any committees of the Board, until such time as the later of (i) the shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been converted into common stock or (ii) a holder still owns shares of Series A Preferred Stock that are subject to conversion and the sum of such shares plus any other shares of common stock represent at least 10% of the total outstanding shares of common stock.

Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to vote with the holders of shares of common stock and any other class or series similarly entitled to vote with the holders of common stock and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of our Company, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the holders of common stock, on an as-converted basis, in all cases subject to the Hard Cap. In addition, a majority of the voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock must approve certain significant actions of the Company, including (i) declaring a dividend or otherwise redeeming or repurchasing any shares of common stock and other junior securities, if any, subject to certain exceptions, (ii) incurring indebtedness, except for certain permitted indebtedness and (iii) creating a subsidiary other than a wholly-owned subsidiary.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws and New Jersey law could discourage a change of control that our shareholders may favor, which could negatively affect our stock price.

In addition to the Series A Preferred Stock, provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws and applicable provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act may make it more difficult and expensive for a third party to acquire control of the Company even if a change of control would be beneficial to the interests of our shareholders. These provisions could discourage potential takeover attempts and could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. For example, applicable provisions of the New Jersey Business Corporation Act may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of five years after the person becomes an interested shareholder. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

• authorize the issuance of blank check preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

• prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of stock to elect some directors;

• require super-majority voting to effect amendments to certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;

• limit who may call special meetings of both the board of directors and shareholders;

• prohibit shareholder action by non-unanimous written consent and otherwise require all shareholder actions to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders;

• establish advance notice requirements for nominating candidates for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at shareholders’ meetings; and

• require that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly created directorships, be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office.

33

We can issue shares of preferred stock without general shareholder approval (thought approval of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock would be necessary), which could adversely affect the rights of common shareholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits us to establish the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions, including voting rights, of future series of our preferred stock and to issue such stock without approval from our shareholders. The rights of holders of our common stock may suffer as a result of the rights granted to holders of preferred stock that may be issued in the future. In addition, we could issue preferred stock to prevent a change in control of our Company, depriving common shareholders of an opportunity to sell their stock at a price in excess of the prevailing market price.

The trading price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate substantially in the future.

Our stock price has declined substantially over the past five years and has and may fluctuate significantly as a result of a number of factors, some of which are not in our control. These factors include:

• general economic conditions;

• general conditions in the for-profit, post-secondary education industry;

• negative media coverage of the for-profit, post-secondary education industry;

• failure of certain of our schools or programs to maintain compliance under the gainful employment regulation, 90-10 Rule or with financial responsibility standards;

• the impact of DOE rulemaking and other changes in the highly regulated environment in which we operate;

• the initiation, pendency or outcome of litigation, accreditation reviews and regulatory reviews, inquiries and investigations;

• loss of key personnel;

• quarterly variations in our operating results;

• our ability to meet or exceed, or changes in, expectations of investors and analysts, or the extent of analyst coverage of us; and decisions by any significant investors to reduce their investment in our common stock.

In addition, the trading volume of our common stock is relatively low. This may cause our stock price to react more to these factors and various other factors and may impact an investor’s ability to sell our common stock at the desired time at a price considered satisfactory. Any of these factors may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent an investor from selling shares of our common stock at or above the price at which the investor purchased them.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

34

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2021, we leased all of our facilities, except for our campuses in Nashville, Tennessee and former school property in Suffield, Connecticut, all of which we own.  We continue to re-evaluate our facilities to maximize our facility utilization and efficiency and to allow us to introduce new programs and attract more students. As of December 31, 2021, all of our existing leases expire between 2022 and 2041.

The following table provides information relating to our facilities as of December 31, 2021, including our corporate office:

Location	Brand	Approximate Square Footage
Las Vegas, Nevada	Euphoria Institute	23,000
Columbia, Maryland	Lincoln College of Technology	111,000
Denver, Colorado	Lincoln College of Technology	213,000
Grand Prairie, Texas	Lincoln College of Technology	157,000
Indianapolis, Indiana	Lincoln College of Technology	126,000
Marietta, Georgia	Lincoln College of Technology	30,000
Melrose Park, Illinois	Lincoln College of Technology	88,000
Allentown, Pennsylvania	Lincoln Technical Institute	25,000
East Windsor, Connecticut	Lincoln Technical Institute	289,000
Iselin, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	32,000
Lincoln, Rhode Island	Lincoln Technical Institute	39,000
Mahwah, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	79,000
Moorestown, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	35,000
New Britain, Connecticut	Lincoln Technical Institute	36,000
Paramus, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	30,000
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania	Lincoln Technical Institute	30,000
Queens, New York	Lincoln Technical Institute	48,000
Shelton, Connecticut	Lincoln Technical Institute and Lincoln Culinary Institute	47,000
Somerville, Massachusetts	Lincoln Technical Institute	33,000
South Plainfield, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	60,000
Union, New Jersey	Lincoln Technical Institute	56,000
Nashville, Tennessee	Lincoln College of Technology	350,000
Parsippany, New Jersey	Corporate Office	17,000
Suffield, Connecticut	Former Lincoln Technical Institute	132,000

We believe that our facilities are suitable for their present intended purposes.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters.  Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Following a wave of hundreds of class action lawsuits being served upon colleges and universities across the country by students in connection with transitioning from in-person to online classes due to COVID-19, a class action lawsuit, captioned John Gaviria vs. Lincoln Educational Services Corporation, was filed against the Company in New Jersey Federal District Court and served on December 21, 2020.  Like most of the other similar lawsuits across the country, the suit alleged breach of contract, unjust enrichment and conversion.  In lieu of an answer, on January 25, 2021, the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss Plaintiff’s Complaint for Failure to State a Claim. On July 9, 2021, the court granted the Company’s Motion to Dismiss three of the four claims finding that the ruling on the claim for student and technology fees was premature.  In response to the Company’s Motion for Reconsideration as to the remaining claim, the court granted the Company’s Motion to Dismiss the lawsuit in its entirety whereupon the Plaintiff filed an appeal to the Third Circuit Court.  On January 27, 2022, counsel for the Plaintiff contacted the Company’s counsel to request a voluntary dismissal of the case and the Company agreed to and accepted the dismissal with prejudice.

As reported elsewhere under Part I, Item 1. Business – Regulatory Environment, in December 2021, we received a letter from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) stating that the CFPB is assessing whether we are subject to CFPB’s supervisory authority based on our activities related to certain extensions of credit to our students and requesting certain information.  The letter states that the CFPB has the authority to supervise certain entities in the private education loan market and certain other consumer financial products and services. We have provided the requested information to the CFPB and are waiting for the CFPB to respond.

35

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market for our Common Stock

Our common stock, no par value per share, is quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “LINC”.

On March 1, 2022, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market was $7.71 per share.  As of March 1, 2022, based on the information provided by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, there were 63 shareholders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its common stock since the Company’s Board of Directors discontinued our quarterly cash dividend program in February 2015.  The Company has no current intentions to resume the payment of cash dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future.

However, during the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company paid a $1.2 million cash dividend to its Series A preferred shareholders pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement entered into on November 14, 2019 and the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Share Repurchases

The Company did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

We have various equity compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance. Information regarding these securities as of December 31, 2021 is as follows:

Plan Category	Number of Securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
	(a)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		81,000	$	7.79		1,447,757
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		-		-		-
Total		81,000	$	7.79		1,447,757

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

36

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion together with the “Forward-Looking Statements” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

GENERAL

Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  The Company, which currently operates 22 schools in 14 states, offers programs in skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electrical and electronic systems technology, among other programs), automotive technology, healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant and medical administrative assistant, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and information technology (which includes information technology).  The schools operate under Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of the campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of the campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. The Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of the campuses are nationally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs administered by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.

Our business is organized into two reportable business segments: (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, and (b) Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”).

As of December 31, 2021, we had 13,059 students enrolled at 22 campuses.

Our campuses, a majority of which serve major metropolitan markets, are located throughout the United States. Five of our campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. Our other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas. All of our schools are nationally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs.

Our revenues consist primarily of student tuition and fees derived from the programs we offer.  Our revenues are reduced by scholarships granted by us to some of our students. We recognize revenues from tuition and one-time fees, such as application fees, ratably over the length of a program, including internships or externships that take place prior to graduation. We also earn revenues from our bookstores, dormitories, cafeterias and contract training services. These non-tuition revenues are recognized upon delivery of goods or as services are performed and represent less than 10% of our revenues.

Our revenues are directly dependent on the average number of students enrolled in our schools and the courses in which they are enrolled. Our average enrollment is impacted by the number of new students starting, re-entering, graduating and withdrawing from our schools. Our diploma/certificate programs range in duration from 19 to 136 weeks, our associate’s degree programs range in duration from 64 to 98 weeks, and students attend classes for different amounts of time per week depending on the school and program in which they are enrolled. Because we start new students every month, our total student population changes monthly. The number of students enrolling or re-entering our programs each month is driven by the demand for our programs, the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising, the availability of financial aid and other sources of funding, the number of recent high school graduates, the job market and seasonality. Our retention and graduation rates are influenced by the quality and commitment of our teachers and student services personnel, the effectiveness of our programs, the placement rate and success of our graduates and the availability of financial aid and other sources of funding. Although similar courses have comparable tuition rates, the tuition rates vary among our numerous programs.

The majority of students enrolled at our schools rely on funds received under various government-sponsored student financial aid programs to pay a substantial portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses. The largest of these programs are Title IV Programs which represented approximately 75% and 77% of our revenue on a cash basis while the remainder is primarily derived from state grants and cash payments made by students during 2021 and 2020, respectively.  The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (the “HEA”) requires institutions to use the cash basis of accounting when determining its compliance with the 90/10 Rule.  Part I, Item 1. “Business - Regulatory Environment.”

37

We extend credit for tuition and fees to many of our students that attend our campuses. Our credit risk is mitigated by the students’ participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt by us of Title IV Program funds for those students. Under Title IV Programs, the government funds a certain portion of a student’s tuition, with the remainder, referred to as “the gap,” financed by the students themselves under private party loans and extended financing agreements offered by us. The gap amount has continued to increase over the last several years as we have raised tuition on average for the last several years by 2-3% per year.

The additional financing that we are providing to students may expose us to greater credit risk and can impact our liquidity. However, we believe that these risks are somewhat mitigated by the following:

• our internal financing is provided to students only after all other funding resources have been exhausted; thus, by the time this funding is available, students have completed approximately two-thirds of their curriculum and are more likely to graduate and, as a consequence, more likely to pay outstanding tuition amounts;

• funding for students who interrupt their education is typically covered by Title IV Program funds as long as they have been properly packaged for financial aid; and

• the requirement that students meet creditworthiness criteria to demonstrate a student’s ability to pay.

The operating expenses associated with an existing school do not increase or decrease proportionally as the number of students enrolled at the school increases or decreases. We categorize our operating expenses as:

• Educational services and facilities.  Major components of educational services and facilities expenses include faculty compensation and benefits, expenses of books and tools, facility rent, maintenance, utilities, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment used in the provision of education services and other costs directly associated with teaching our programs excluding student services which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

• Selling, general and administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses include compensation and benefits of employees who are not directly associated with the provision of educational services (such as executive management and school management, finance and central accounting, legal, human resources and business development), marketing and student enrollment expenses (including compensation and benefits of personnel employed in sales and marketing and student admissions), costs to develop curriculum, costs of professional services, bad debt expense, rent for our corporate headquarters, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment that is not used in the provision of educational services and other costs that are incidental to our operations. Selling, general and administrative expenses also includes the cost of all student services including financial aid and career services.  All marketing and student enrollment expenses are recognized in the period incurred.

Property Sale Agreements

Property Sale Agreement - Nashville, Tennessee Campus

On September 24, 2021, Nashville Acquisition, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company (“Nashville Acquisition”), entered into a Contract for the Purchase of Real Estate (the “Nashville Contract”) to sell the property located at 524 Gallatin Road, Nashville, Tennessee, at which the Company operates its Nashville campus, to SLC Development, LLC, a subsidiary of Southern Land Company (“SLC”), for an aggregate sale price of $34.5 million, subject to customary adjustments at closing. The Company intends to relocate its Nashville campus to a more efficient and technologically advanced facility in the Nashville metropolitan area but has not yet determined a location. The closing of the sale transaction is expected to occur in the first half of 2022 subject to various closing conditions which must be satisfied or waived including the satisfactory completion by the buyer of its due diligence review.  During the due diligence period, SLC has the right to terminate the Nashville Contract for any reason at its discretion; therefore, there can be no assurance that the sale will be consummated on a timely basis or at all.  Upon closing, Nashville Acquisition would be permitted to occupy the property and continue to operate the Nashville campus on a rent-free basis for a lease-back period of 12 months, and, thereafter, will have the option to extend the lease-back period for one 90-day term and three additional 30-day terms pursuant to a lease agreement currently being negotiated by the parties.g  The Nashville property is included in assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021.

38

Sale-Leaseback Transaction - Denver, Colorado and Grand Prairie, Texas Campuses

On September 24, 2021, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and LTI Holdings, LLC, each a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (collectively, “Lincoln”), entered into an Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Property for the sale of the properties located at 11194 E. 45th Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80239 and 2915 Alouette Drive, Grand Prairie, Texas 75052, at which the Company operates its Denver and Grand Prairie campuses, respectively, to LNT Denver (Multi) LLC, a subsidiary of LCN Capital Partners (“LNT”), for an aggregate sale price of $46.5 million, subject to customary adjustments at closing. Closing of the sale occurred on October 29, 2021.  Concurrently with consummation of the sale, the parties entered into a triple-net lease agreement for each of the properties pursuant to which the properties are being leased back to Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. for a twenty-year term at an initial annual base rent, payable quarterly in advance, of approximately $2.6 million for the first year with annual 2.00% increases thereafter and includes four subsequent five-year renewal options in which the base rent is reset at the commencement of each renewal term at then current fair market rent for the first year of each renewal term with annual 2.00% increases thereafter in each such renewal term. The lease, in each case, provides Lincoln with a right of first offer should LNT wish to sell the property. The Company has provided a guaranty of the financial and other obligations of Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. under each lease.  The Company evaluated factors in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue Recognition, to conclude that the transaction qualified as a sale. This included analyzing the right of first offer clause to determine whether it represents a repurchase agreement that would preclude the transaction from being accounted for as a successful sale. The Company recognized a gain on sale of assets of $22.5 million. Additionally, the Company evaluated factors in ASC Topic 842, Leases, and concluded that the newly created leases met the definition an operating lease. The Company recorded Right of Use (“ROU”) Asset and lease liabilities of $40.1 million.  The sale lease-back transaction provided the Company with net proceeds of approximately $45.4 million with the proceeds partially used for the repayment of the Company’s outstanding term loan of $16.2 million and swap termination fee of $0.5 million.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Our discussions of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, bad debts, goodwill and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The critical accounting policies discussed herein are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP and does not result in significant management judgment in the application of such principles. We believe that the following accounting policies are most critical to us in that they represent the primary areas where financial information is subject to the application of management’s estimates, assumptions and judgment in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition.

Substantially all of our revenues are considered to be revenues from contracts with students.  The related accounts receivable balances are recorded in our balance sheets as student accounts receivable.  We do not have significant revenue recognized from performance obligations that were satisfied in prior periods, and we do not have any transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations other than in our unearned tuition.  We record revenue for students who withdraw from our schools only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.  Unearned tuition represents contract liabilities primarily related to our tuition revenue. We have elected not to provide disclosure about transaction prices allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations if original contract durations are less than one-year, or if we have the right to consideration from a student in an amount that corresponds directly with the value provided to the student for performance obligations completed to date in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contract with Customers. We have assessed the costs incurred to obtain a contract with a student and determined them to be immaterial.

Allowance for uncollectible accounts.    Based upon experience and judgment, we establish an allowance for uncollectible accounts with respect to tuition receivables. We use an internal group of collectors in our collection efforts. In establishing our allowance for uncollectible accounts, we consider, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student’s status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history. Although we believe that our reserves are adequate, if the financial condition of our students deteriorates, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be necessary, which will result in increased selling, general and administrative expenses in the period such determination is made.

Our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was 8.0% and 9.2%, respectively.  A 1% increase in our bad debt expense as a percentage of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 would have resulted in an increase in bad debt expense of $3.4 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

We do not believe that there is any direct correlation between tuition increases, the credit we extend to students and our financing commitments.  The extended financing plans we offer to our students are made on a student-by-student basis and are predominantly a function of the specific student’s financial condition.   We only extend credit to the extent there is a financing gap between the tuition and fees charged for the program and the amount of grants, loans and parental loans each student receives.  Each student’s funding requirements are unique.  Factors that determine the amount of aid available to a student include whether they are dependent or independent students, Pell grants awarded, Federal Direct loans awarded, Plus loans awarded to parents and the student’s personal resources and family contributions. As a result, it is extremely difficult to predict the number of students that will need us to extend credit to them.

39

Because a substantial portion of our revenues are derived from Title IV Programs, any legislative or regulatory action that significantly reduces the funding available under Title IV Programs or the ability of our students or schools to participate in Title IV Programs could have a material effect on the realizability of our receivables.

Goodwill.   Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business (reporting unit) over the estimated carrying value, assets net of liabilities.  Lincoln tests goodwill for impairment annually, in the fourth quarter of each year, unless there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate an impairment may have occurred. Impairment may result from deterioration in performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in laws or regulations, the restriction of activities associated with the acquired business, and/or a variety of other circumstances. If we determine that impairment has occurred, we record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made.

As of December 31, 2021, goodwill was approximately $14.5 million, or 4.9%, of our total assets.  The goodwill is allocated among nine reporting units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment.

When Lincoln performs our annual goodwill impairment assessment we first assess a number of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If we conclude based on our qualitative review that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, we proceed with a quantitative impairment test.

Our qualitative assessment is subjective, it includes a review of macroeconomic and industry factors, review of the financial performance of applicable reporting units, and assessment of adverse events that may negatively impact a reporting units carrying value. Adverse events would include, but are not limited to, difficulty in accessing capital, a greater competitive environment, decline in market-dependent multiples or metrics, regulatory or political developments, change in key personnel, strategy, or customers, or litigation.

When we perform our quantitative impairment test we believe the most critical assumptions and estimates in determining the estimated fair value of our reporting units include, but are not limited to, future tuition revenues, operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures and a discount rate. The assumptions used in determining our expected future cash flows consider various factors such as historical operating trends particularly in student enrollment and pricing and long-term operating strategies and initiatives.

If Lincoln determines that quantitative tests are necessary, these tests are performed using projected future operating results and cash flows on a weighted scale, 50% based on Discounted Cash Flows (Income Approach) and 50% on based EBITDA multipliers (Market Approach).  Management judgment is necessary in forecasting future cash flows and operating results, critical assumptions include growth rates, changes in operating costs, capital expenditures, and changes in weighted average costs of capital.  Additionally, Lincoln obtains independent market metrics for the industry and our peers to assist in the development of these key assumptions.  This process is consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans.

Lincoln has completed our 2021 goodwill impairment assessment and determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units exceeded their carrying value.  As such, we concluded that goodwill was not impaired.

Income taxes.    We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) which requires an asset and a liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

In accordance with ASC 740, we assess our deferred tax asset to determine whether all or any portion of the asset is more likely than not unrealizable.  A valuation allowance is required to be established or maintained when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, our assessment considers whether there has been sufficient income in recent years and whether sufficient income is expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets we considered, among other things, historical levels of income, expected future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, and the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits. Significant judgment is required in determining the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements and/or tax returns.  Differences between anticipated and actual outcomes of these future tax consequences could have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.  Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future income levels could materially impact our valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.

We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we did not record any interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions.

40

Results of Operations for the Two Years Ended December 31, 2021

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated:

	Year Ended Dec 31,
	2021			2020
Revenue		100.0	%		100.0	%
Costs and expenses:
Educational services and facilities		41.4	%		41.7	%
Selling, general and administrative		50.4	%		53.3	%
Gain on sale of assets		-6.7	%		0.0	%
Impairment of long-lived assets		0.2	%		0.0	%
Total costs and expenses		85.3	%		95.0	%
Operating income		14.7	%		5.0	%
Interest expense, net		-0.6	%		-0.4	%
Income from operations before income taxes		14.1	%		4.6	%
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		3.7	%		-12.0	%
Net income		10.4	%		16.6	%

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

Consolidated Results of Operations

Revenue.  Revenue increased $42.2 million, or 14.4% to $335.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $293.1 million in the prior year.  The increase in revenue was the result of a 10% increase in average student population, driven by student start growth of 7.5% in combination with starting the year with approximately 1,000 more students than in the prior year comparable period.  Further contributing to the increase was the normalization of our revenue stream driven by the return to in-person instruction at all of our campuses as well as a 4.0% increase in average revenue per student.

The prior year financial results reflect the unprecedented impact from the COVID-19 pandemic which started in March of 2020.  As a result, certain financial and operational comparisons year over year may be distorted as a result of the impact of COVID-19.

Educational services and facilities expense.   Our educational services and facilities expense increased $16.7 million, or 13.7% to $138.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $122.2 million in the prior year.  Increased costs were mainly concentrated in instructional expense, books and tools expense and facilities expense.  Instructional expense increases were primarily driven by a larger average student population, up 10%, which also drove increases in books and tools expense.  Also contributing to the increase in instructional expenses were increased instructor salaries driven by inflationary pressure and widespread instructor shortages in addition to increases in consumable supplies, primarily in our welding programs.  Facility expense increases were driven by additional rent expense due to the elimination of one-time rent reductions in the prior year resulting from campus closures due to COVID-19 in combination with additional rent expense in the current year as a result of the sale leaseback transaction consummated during the fourth quarter of 2021.

Educational services and facilities expense, as a percentage of revenue, decreased slightly to 41.4% from 41.7% for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Selling, general and administrative expense.  Our selling general and administrative expense increased $12.7 million, or 8.1% to $168.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $156.2 million in the prior year.  The increase was driven by several factors including increased spend in administrative expense in combination with investments in marketing and sales expense.  Partially offsetting the increase was a slight reduction in bad debt expense.

Administrative expense increases were primarily driven by salaries and benefits expense resulting from the normalization of business operations in the current year.

Marketing investments increased from additional expenditures primarily in paid social media channels utilizing video and display advertising to reach a younger audience demographic, while sales expense increases were the result of additional salaries and benefits driven by an expanded sales force due in part by the return to in-person instruction and the normalization of operations in the current year.

Despite both the additional investments in marketing and increases in sales expense, the cost per start is down year-over-year demonstrating both the efficiency and effectiveness of marketing initiatives.

41

Bad debt expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 was favorable compared to the prior year by $0.1 million, as a result of an adjustment to qualifying student accounts receivables following guidance published on March 19, 2021 by the Department of Education.

In accordance with this guidance, we combined applicable HEERF funding with Company’s funds to provide financial relief to students who dropped from school due to COVID-19 related circumstances with unpaid accounts receivable balances during the period from March 15, 2020 to March 31, 2021.  The relief resulted in a net benefit to bad debt expense of approximately $3.0 million. Without this adjustment bad debt expense for 2021, as a percentage of total revenue, would have been comparable with prior year.

Selling, general and administrative expense, as a percentage of revenue, decreased to 50.4% for the year ended December 31, 2021, from 53.3% in the prior year.

Impairment of long-lived assets – Impairment of long-lived assets was $0.7 million, resulting from a one-time non-cash impairment charge triggered by an adjustment to fair market value for a campus that was closed several years ago.

Gain on sale of assets.  Gain on sale of assets for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $22.5 million, driven by the sale leaseback transaction consummated in the fourth quarter of the current year.

Net interest expense.  Net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $0.7 million, or 58.0% to $2.0 million from $1.3 million in the prior year comparable period.  Additional expense incurred as a result of the debt payoff which included fees for the termination of our cash flow hedge of $0.5 million and the write-off of previously capitalized deferred financing fees totaling $0.5 million.  Excluding the additional expenses resulting from the debt payoff, interest expense year-over-year would have decreased by approximately 28.0%, or $0.4 million resulting from a lower loan balance in the current year.

Income taxes.    Our income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $12.5 million compared to an income tax benefit of $35.1 million in the prior year.  The tax benefit primarily related to a full release of our valuation allowance on deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020.  Our effective tax rate was 26.5% for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Segment Results of Operations

We operate our business in two reportable operating segments: (a) the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment; and (b) the Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”) segment.  Our reportable operating segments have been determined based on a method by which we now evaluate performance and allocate resources.  Each reportable operating segment represents a group of post-secondary education providers that offer a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs.  These segments are organized by key market segments to enhance operational alignment within each segment to more effectively execute our strategic plan.  Each of the Company’s schools is a reporting unit and an operating segment.  Our operating segments are described below.

Transportation and Skilled Trades – The Transportation and Skilled Trades segment offers academic programs mainly in the career-oriented disciplines of transportation and skilled trades (e.g. automotive, diesel, HVAC, welding and manufacturing).

Healthcare and Other Professions – The Healthcare and Other Professions segment offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of health sciences, hospitality and business and information technology (e.g. dental assistant, medical assistant, practical nursing, culinary arts and cosmetology).

The Company also utilizes the Transitional segment solely when and if it closes a school.

We evaluate segment performance based on operating results.  Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity.

42

The following table presents results for the activity for our reportable operating segments for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			% Change
Revenue:
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	240,531		$	207,434			16.0	%
HOPS		94,805			85,661			10.7	%
Total	$	335,336		$	293,095			14.4	%
Operating Income:
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	52,055		$	34,458			51.1	%
Healthcare and Other Professions		11,845			11,068			7.0	%
Corporate		(14,639	)		(30,745	)		52.4	%
Total	$	49,261		$	14,781			233.3	%
Starts:
Transportation and Skilled Trades		10,291			9,442			9.0	%
Healthcare and Other Professions		5,111			4,879			4.8	%
Total		15,402			14,321			7.5	%
Average Population:
Transportation and Skilled Trades		8,505			7,872			8.0	%
Leave of Absence - COVID-19		(12	)		(219	)		94.5	%
Transportation and Skilled Trades Excluding Leave of Absence - COVID-19		8,493			7,653			11.0	%
Healthcare and Other Professions		4,439			4,232			4.9	%
Leave of Absence - COVID-19		(33	)		(156	)		78.8	%
Healthcare and Other Professions Excluding Leave of Absence - COVID-19		4,406			4,076			8.1	%
Total		12,944			12,104			6.9	%
Total Excluding Leave of Absence - COVID-19		12,899			11,729			10.0	%
End of Period Population:
Transportation and Skilled Trades		8,648			7,917			9.2	%
Leave of Absence - COVID-19		-			(22	)		100.0	%
Transportation and Skilled Trades Excluding Leave of Absence - COVID-19		8,648			7,895			9.5	%
Healthcare and Other Professions		4,411			4,402			0.2	%
Leave of Absence - COVID-19		-			(80	)		100.0	%
Healthcare and Other Professions Excluding Leave of Absence - COVID-19		4,411			4,322			2.1	%
Total		13,059			12,319			6.0	%
Total Excluding Leave of Absence - COVID-19		13,059			12,217			6.9	%

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

Transportation and Skilled Trades

Student start results increased 9.0% to 10,291 for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 9,442 in the prior year.

Operating income increased $17.6 million, or 51.1% to $52.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $34.5 million in the prior year.  The increase year over year was mainly driven by the following factors:

43

• Revenue increased $33.1 million, or 16.0% to $240.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $207.4 million in the prior year.  The increase in revenue was primarily due to an 11.0% increase in average student population, driven by a 9.0% increase in student starts year over year.  Further contributing to the increase was the normalization of our revenue stream driven by the return to in-person instruction at all of our campuses as well as a 4.5% increase in average revenue per student.

• Educational services and facilities expense increased $11.3 million, or 13.5% to $94.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $83.4 million in the prior year.  The higher costs were mainly concentrated in instructional expense, books and tools expense and facilities expense.  Instructional expense increases were primarily driven by a larger average student population, up 11.0%, which also drove increases in books and tools expense.  Also contributing to the increase in instructional expenses were increased instructor salaries driven by inflationary pressure and widespread instructor shortages in addition to increases in consumable supplies, primarily in welding programs.  Facility expense increases were driven by additional rent expense resulting from one-time rent reductions in the prior year resulting from campus closures due to COVID-19 in combination with additional rent expense in the current year as a result of the sale leaseback transaction entered into during the fourth quarter of 2021.

• Selling, general and administrative expense increased $4.1 million, or 4.6% to $93.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $89.6 million in the prior year.  The increase was driven by additional administrative expenses in combination with increased investments in marketing and sales expense.  Partially offsetting the increase was a reduction in bad debt expense, all of which are discussed above in the consolidated results of operations.

Healthcare and Other Professions

Student start results increased 4.8% to 5,111 for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 4,879 in the prior year.

Operating income increased 7.0% to $11.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $11.1 million in the prior year.  The $0.7 million increase was mainly driven by the following factors:

• Revenue increased by $9.1 million, or 10.7% to $94.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $85.7 million in the prior year.  The increase in revenue was primarily due to an 8.1% increase in average student population, driven by a 4.8% increase in student starts year over year.  Further contributing to the increase was the normalization of our revenue stream driven by the return to in-person instruction at all of our campuses as well as a 2.4% increase in average revenue per student.

• Educational services and facilities expense increased $5.4 million, or 14.0% to $44.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $38.8 million in the prior year.  Increased costs were primarily concentrated in instructional expense, books and tools expense, and facilities expense. Instructional expense increases were primarily driven by a larger average student population, up 8.1%, which also drove increases in books and tools expense.  Also contributing to the increase in instructional expense were increased instructor salaries driven by inflationary pressure and widespread instructor shortages in addition to increases in consumable supplies.  Facility expense increases were driven by additional rent expense resulting from one-time rent reductions in the prior year resulting from campus closures due to COVID-19 in combination with additional rent expense in the current year as a result of the sale leaseback transaction entered into during the fourth quarter of 2021.  Facility expense increases were driven by additional rent expense due to one-time rent reductions in the prior year resulting from campus closures due to COVID-19 coupled with overall facilities savings during campus closures as a result of COVID-19.

• Selling, general and administrative expense increased $2.9 million, or 8.2% to $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $35.8 million in the prior year.  The increase was driven by additional administrative expenses in combination with increased investments in marketing and sales expense, all of which are discussed above in the consolidated results of operations.

Corporate and Other

This category includes unallocated expenses incurred on behalf of the entire Company.  Corporate and other expenses were $14.6 million and $30.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  Included in the current year is a $22.5 million gain realized as a result of entering into a sale leaseback transaction, partially offset by a one-time non-cash impairment charge of $0.7 million.    Excluding the sale leaseback transaction and the impairment charge, corporate and other expenses would have been $36.4 million as of December 31, 2021.  The additional expense over prior year was due to increased benefits expense driven primarily by an uptick in medical claims in combination with a slight increase in salary expense.

44

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary capital requirements are for maintenance and expansion of our facilities and the development of new programs. Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash provided by operating activities and borrowings under our credit facility.  The following chart summarizes the principal elements of our cash flow for each of the two fiscal years in the period ended December 31, 2021:

	Cash Flow Summary Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
	(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	27,447		$	23,485
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	$	37,848		$	(5,483	)
Net cash used in financing activities	$	(20,014	)	$	(18,620	)

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had a net cash balance of $83.3 million compared to $20.8 million in the prior year comparable period. The net cash balance is calculated as our cash and cash equivalents less both short and long-term portion of the credit agreement.  Cash at December 31, 2021 benefited from net income and the consummation of a sale leaseback transaction entered into during the fourth quarter involving the Company’s Denver, Colorado and Grand Prairie, Texas campuses.  The gross sale price for both properties totaled $46.5 million and, upon consummation of the sale, the Company entered into a triple-net lease agreement for each property.

Our primary source of cash is tuition collected from our students. The majority of students enrolled at our schools rely on funds received under various government-sponsored student financial aid programs to pay a substantial portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses. The most significant source of student financing is Title IV Programs, which represented approximately 75% of our cash receipts relating to revenues in 2021. Pursuant to applicable regulations, students must apply for a new loan for each academic period. Federal regulations dictate the timing of disbursements of funds under Title IV Programs and loan funds are generally provided by lenders in two disbursements for each academic year. The first disbursement is usually received approximately 31 days after the start of a student’s academic year and the second disbursement is typically received at the beginning of the sixteenth week from the start of the student’s academic year. Certain types of grants and other funding are not subject to a 31-day delay.  In certain instances, if a student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition or prorated Title IV Program financial aid is refunded according to federal, state and accrediting agency standards.

As a result of the significant amount of Title IV Program funds received by our students, we are highly dependent on these funds to operate our business. Any reduction in the level of Title IV Program funds that our students are eligible to receive for tuition payment to us or any restriction on our eligibility to receive Title IV Program funds would have a significant impact on our operations and our financial condition.  For more information, see Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Industry”.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $27.4 million and $23.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  The increase year over year was due primarily to increased operating income, up $34.5 million which includes a gain on the sale of assets of $22.5 million over the prior year.

Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities was $37.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $5.5 million in the prior year comparable period.  The increase of $43.3 million was primarily driven by proceeds of $45.4 million resulting from the consummation of a sale leaseback transaction during the fourth quarter of the current year.

One of our primary uses of cash in investing activities was capital expenditures associated with investments in training technology, classroom furniture, and new program buildouts.

We currently lease a majority of our campuses. We own our real property in Nashville, Tennessee, which is subject to a sale-leaseback agreement which is expected to be consummated in the first half of the year and our former school property located in Suffield, Connecticut.

Capital expenditures were 2% of revenues in 2021 and are expected to approximate 2% of revenues in 2022.  We expect to fund future capital expenditures with cash generated from operating activities and cash on hand.

45

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $18.6 million in the prior year.  The increase of $1.4 million was the result of the retirement of our term loan using proceeds from the sale leaseback transaction involving the Company’s Denver, Colorado and Grand Prairie, Texas campuses pursuant to agreement with our lending institution.  Cash paid to retire the loan was $16.3 million with additional payments made during the year of $1.5 million.  In the prior year, net payments on borrowings were $17.0 million.

Net payments on borrowings in the prior year consisted of: (a) total borrowings to date under our secured credit facility of $11.0 million; and (b) $28.0 million in total repayments made by the Company.

Credit Facility

As reported elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in connection with the sale leaseback transactions involving the Company’s Denver and Grand Prairie campuses, the Company retired its term loan and, as of December 31, 2021, the Company has no debt outstanding.  The Company had $4.0 million in letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2021.  The Company is in negotiations with respect to a new credit facility.

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	At December 31,
	2021		2020
Credit agreement	$	-	$	17,833
Deferred financing fees		-		(621	)
		-		17,212
Less current maturities		-		(2,000	)
	$	-	$	15,212

We had outstanding financing principal commitments to our active students of $30.0 million and $21.7 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  These are extended financing plans and no cash is advanced to students.  The full amount is not guaranteed unless the student completes the program. The extended financing plans are considered commitments because the students are packaged to fund their education using these funds and they are not reported on our financials.

Climate Change

Climate change has not had and is not expected to have a significant impact on our operations.

Contractual Obligations

Current portion of Long-Term Debt, Long-Term Debt and Lease Commitments.    As of December 31, 2021, we have no debt outstanding.  We lease offices, educational facilities and various items of equipment for varying periods through the year 2041 at basic annual rentals.

As of December 31, 2021, there were 2 new leases and 9 lease modifications that resulted in noncash re-measurements of the related ROU asset and operating lease liability of $45.5 million which included the sale leaseback transactions of our campuses in Grand Prairie, Texas and Denver, Colorado.

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2021, except for surety bonds.  We are required to post surety bonds on behalf of our campuses and education representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization to conduct our business. At December 31, 2021, we posted surety bonds in the aggregate amount of approximately $12.8 million.  These off-balance sheet arrangements do not adversely impact our liquidity or capital resources.

SEASONALITY AND OUTLOOK

Seasonality

Our revenue and operating results normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes in total student population. Student population varies as a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student populations in our first and second quarters and we have experienced larger class starts in the third quarter and higher student attrition in the first half of the year. Our second half growth is largely dependent on a successful high school recruiting season. We recruit our high school students several months ahead of their scheduled start dates and, thus, while we have visibility on the number of students who have expressed interest in attending our schools, we cannot predict with certainty the actual number of new student enrollments and the related impact on revenue. Our expenses, however, typically do not vary significantly over the course of the year with changes in our student population and revenue.

46

Effect of Inflation

Inflation has not had a material effect on our operations except for some inflationary pressures on certain instructor salaries.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information otherwise required under this item.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating, together with management, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of December 31, 2021 have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to reasonably ensure that material information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by Securities and Exchange Commissions’ Rules and Forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended December 31, 2021, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on its assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s independent auditors, Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, as stated in their report included in this Form 10-K that follows.

47

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURES REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

PART III.

Certain information required by this item will be included in a definitive proxy statement for the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, in either case filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2021, and is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors and Executive Officers

Certain information required by this Item 10 of Part III is incorporated by reference from a definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2021.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees and certain other persons, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. A copy of our Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.lincolntech.edu. If any amendments to or waivers from the Code of Conduct are made, we will disclose such amendments or waivers on our website.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item 11 of Part III is incorporated by reference from a definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2021.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item 12 of Part III is incorporated by reference from a definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2021.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item 13 of Part III is incorporated by reference from a definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2021.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item 14 of Part III is incorporated by reference from a definitive proxy statement or an amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K that will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2021.

48

PART IV.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

1. Financial Statements

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2. Financial Statement Schedule

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3. Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K

Exhibit Number	Description
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-123644) filed June 7, 2005.
3.2	Certificate of Amendment, dated November 14, 2019, to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed October 6, 2020).
3.3	Bylaws of the Company, as amended on March 8, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed April 30, 2020).
4.1	Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing shares of common stock (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (Registration No. 333-123644) filed June 21, 2005).
4.2	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2019, between the Company and the investors parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2019).
4.3	Description of Securities of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Form 10-K filed March 9, 2021).
10.1+	Employment Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2020, between the Company and Scott M. Shaw (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 11, 2020).
10.2+	Employment Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2018, between the Company and Scott M. Shaw (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2018).
10.3+	Employment Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2020, between the Company and Brian K. Meyers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 11, 2020).
10.4+	Employment Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2018, between the Company and Brian K. Meyers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of  the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2018).
10.5+	Employment Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2020, between the Company and Stephen M. Buchenot (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 11, 2020).
10.6+	Employment Agreement dated April 3, 2019 between the Company and Stephen M. Buchenot (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 5, 2019).

49

10.7+	Lincoln Educational Services Corporation 2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 5, 2020).
10.11	Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2019, between the Company and the investor parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2019).
10.12	Credit Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2019, among the Company, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2019).
10.13	First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2020, among the Company, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 12, 2020).
10.14	Consent and Waiver Letter Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2021, by and among the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, and Sterling National Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 28, 2021).
10.15	Contract for the Purchase of Real Estate, dated as of September 24, 2021, by and between Nashville Acquisition, LLC and SLC Development, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 28, 2021).
10.16	Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Property, dated as of September 24, 2021 by and between Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and LNT Denver (Multi) LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 28, 2021).
10.17	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each director of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2019).
10.18	Indemnification Agreement between the Company and John A. Bartholdson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2019).
21.1*	Subsidiaries of the Company.
23*	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24*	Power of Attorney (included on the Signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
31.1 *	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2 *	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32 *	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101*	The following financial statements from Lincoln Educational Services Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income, (v) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and in detail.
104	Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101*.

* Filed herewith.

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

**          As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

50

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date:  March 3, 2022
	LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION
	By:	/s/ Brian Meyers
		Brian Meyers
		Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
		(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned constitutes and appoints Scott M. Shaw and Brian K. Meyers, and each of them, as attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact or substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Scott M. Shaw	Chief Executive Officer and Director	March 3, 2022
Scott M. Shaw
/s/ Brian K. Meyers	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)	March 3, 2022
Brian K. Meyers
/s/ John A. Bartholdson	Director	March 3, 2022
John A. Bartholdson
/s/ James J. Burke, Jr.	Director	March 3, 2022
James J. Burke, Jr.
/s/ Kevin M. Carney	Director	March 3, 2022
Kevin M. Carney
/s/ Ronald E. Harbour	Director	March 3, 2022
Ronald E. Harbour
/s/ J. Barry Morrow	Director	March 3, 2022
J. Barry Morrow
/s/ Michael A. Plater	Director	March 3, 2022
Michael A. Plater
/s/ Felecia J. Pryor	Director	March 3, 2022
Felecia J. Pryor
/s/ Carlton Rose	Director	March 3, 2022
Carlton Rose

51

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page Number
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34)		F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020		F-7
Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020		F-8
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020		F-9
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020		F-10
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-12
Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts		F-33

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 3, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Sale-Leaseback Transaction - Denver, Colorado and Grand Prairie, Texas Campuses - Refer to Note 7 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company consummated a sale leaseback transaction on October 29, 2021, whereby they sold properties in Denver, Colorado, and Grand Prairie, Texas. Concurrently with the closing of the sale, the parties entered into a triple-net lease agreement for each of the properties pursuant to which the properties are being leased back to a subsidiary of the Company. The leases, in each case, provide Lincoln with a right of first offer (“ROFO”) should the purchaser wish to sell the property. This transaction resulted in a $22.5M gain on sale of assets recognized within the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company’s recognition of the leases as operating leases and the related gain on sale is premised on the transaction achieving successful sale accounting. In making this determination, the Company evaluated factors in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue Recognition, to conclude that the transaction qualified as a sale. This included analyzing the ROFO clause to determine whether it represents a repurchase agreement that would preclude the transaction from being accounted for as a successful sale.  Additionally, the Company evaluated factors in ASC Topic 842, Leases, to confirm the newly created leases met the definition an operating lease. The Company also determined an Incremental Borrowing Rate (“IBR”) that was utilized in the new operating lease calculations.  Given the judgements necessary in evaluating this transaction, performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s position required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to consult with professionals in our firm with expertise in sale-leaseback transactions.

How the Critical Audit Matter was addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to evaluating the accounting interpretation and recognition of the transaction, included the following among others:

• We tested the operating effectiveness of controls over Management’s accounting evaluation specific to the sale leaseback transaction.

• We tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the new lease measurement, including those over Management’s review of the IBR.

• We obtained the executed lease agreement and transaction closing details and evaluated the terms to evaluate whether the transaction met the definition of an operating lease and a successful sale, which included consultation with professionals in our firm with expertise in sale-leaseback transactions.

• We inspected third party market data to determine whether the overall transaction was at fair value.

• With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of the Company’s IBR.

• We tested the calculation of the gain on sale of assets and the measurement of the right of use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities related to the operating lease.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 3, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1999.

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, of the Company and our report dated March 3, 2022, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 3, 2022

F-3

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share amounts)

	December 31,
	2021		2020
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	83,307	$	38,026
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $26,837 and $25,174 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively		26,159		30,021
Inventories		2,721		2,394
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,881		3,723
Asset held for sale		4,559		-
Total current assets		121,627		74,164
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES - At cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $153,335 and $176,300 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively		23,119		48,388
OTHER ASSETS:
Noncurrent receivables, less allowance of $5,084 and $3,465 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively		20,028		16,463
Deferred income taxes, net		23,708		35,718
Operating lease right-of-use assets		91,487		55,187
Goodwill		14,536		14,536
Other assets, net		794		734
Total other assets		150,553		122,638
TOTAL ASSETS	$	295,299	$	245,190

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share amounts)

(Continued)

	December 31,
	2021			2020
LIABILITIES, SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of credit agreement	$	-		$	2,000
Unearned tuition		25,405			23,453
Accounts payable		12,297			15,676
Accrued expenses		15,669			16,692
Income taxes payable		1,017			491
Current portion of operating lease liabilities		11,479			8,504
Other short-term liabilities		15			26
Total current liabilities		65,882			66,842
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:
Long-term credit agreement		-			15,212
Pension plan liabilities		1,607			4,252
Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities		86,410			52,702
Other long-term liabilities		-			3,133
Total liabilities		153,899			142,141
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
Preferred stock, no par value - 10,000,000 shares authorized, Series A convertible preferred shares, 12,700 shares issued and outstanding as of each December 31, 2021 and 2020		11,982			11,982
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Common stock, no par value - authorized 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2021 and 2020, issued and outstanding 27,000,687 shares at December 31, 2021 and 26,476,329 shares at December 31, 2020		141,377			141,377
Additional paid-in capital		32,439			30,512
Treasury stock at cost - 5,910,541 shares at December 31, 2021 and 2020		(82,860	)		(82,860	)
Retained earnings		39,702			6,203
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(1,240	)		(4,165	)
Total stockholders’ equity		129,418			91,067
TOTAL LIABILITIES, SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	295,299		$	245,190

  See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
REVENUE	$	335,336		$	293,095
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Educational services and facilities		138,931			122,196
Selling, general and administrative		168,923			156,199
Gain on sale of assets		(22,479	)		(81	)
Impairment of long-lived assets		700			-
Total costs and expenses		286,075			278,314
OPERATING INCOME		49,261			14,781
OTHER:
Interest expense		(2,015	)		(1,275	)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES		47,246			13,506
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES		12,528			(35,059	)
NET INCOME		34,718			48,565
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS		1,219			1,378
INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$	33,499		$	47,187
Basic and Diluted
Net income per share	$	1.04		$	1.49
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic and Diluted		25,081			24,748

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-6

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

	December 31,
	2021		2020
Net income	$	34,718	$	48,565
Other comprehensive income
Derivative qualifying as a cash flow hedge, net of taxes (nil)		878		(703	)
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes (746)		2,047		(6	)
Comprehensive income	$	37,643	$	47,856

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-7

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share amounts)

	Stockholders’ Equity
						Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total			Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
	Common Stock
	Shares			Amount																	Shares		Amount
BALANCE - January 1, 2019		25,231,710		$	141,377	$	30,145		$	(82,860	)	$	(42,058	)	$	(3,456	)	$	43,148			12,700		11,982
Net income		-			-		-			-			48,565			-			48,565			-		-
Preferred stock dividend		-			-		(1,074	)		-			(304	)		-			(1,378	)		-		-
Employee pension plan adjustments		-			-		-			-			-			(6	)		(6	)		-		-
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		-			-		-			-			-			(703	)		(703	)		-		-
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock		1,319,734			-		1,686			-			-			-			1,686			-		-
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation		(75,115	)		-		(245	)		-			-			-			(245	)		-		-
BALANCE - December 31, 2020		26,476,329			141,377		30,512			(82,860	)		6,203			(4,165	)		91,067			12,700		11,982
Net income		-			-		-			-			34,718			-			34,718			-		-
Preferred stock dividend		-			-		-			-			(1,219	)		-			(1,219	)		-		-
Employee pension plan adjustments		-			-		-			-			-			2,047			2,047			-		-
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		-			-		-			-			-			878			878			-		-
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock		679,331			-		2,889			-			-			-			2,889			-		-
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation		(154,973	)		-		(962	)		-			-			-			(962	)		-		-
BALANCE - December 31, 2021		27,000,687		$	141,377	$	32,439		$	(82,860	)	$	39,702		$	(1,240	)	$	129,418			12,700	$	11,982

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 (In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	34,718		$	48,565
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		7,140			7,400
Amortization of deferred finance fees		136			181
Write-off of deferred finance fees		485			-
Deferred income taxes		12,010			(35,871	)
Gain on sale of assets		(22,479	)		(81	)
Impairment of long-lived assets		700			-
Fixed asset donation		(2,058	)		(334	)
Provision for doubtful accounts		26,794			26,888
Stock-based compensation expense		2,889			1,686
(Increase) decrease in assets:
Accounts receivable		(26,497	)		(37,383	)
Inventories		(327	)		(786	)
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable		-			383
Prepaid expenses and current assets		(1,235	)		158
Other assets		(487	)		193
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
Accounts payable		(3,677	)		856
Accrued expenses		(1,023	)		8,823
Unearned tuition		1,952			42
Income taxes payable		526			491
Other liabilities		(2,120	)		2,274
Total adjustments		(7,271	)		(25,080	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		27,447			23,485
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures		(7,531	)		(5,580	)
Proceeds from insurance settlement		-			97
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		45,379			-
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		37,848			(5,483	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from borrowings		-			11,000
Payments on borrowings		(17,833	)		(28,000	)
Credit of deferred finance fees		-			3
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation		(962	)		(245	)
Dividend payment for preferred stock		(1,219	)		(1,378	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(20,014	)		(18,620	)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH		45,281			(618	)
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH—Beginning of year		38,026			38,644
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH—End of year	$	83,307		$	38,026

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

(Continued)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	1,532	$	1,110
Income taxes	$	737	$	179
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Liabilities accrued for or noncash purchases of property and equipment	$	2,649	$	975

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-10

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020 AND FOR THE TWO YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts, schools, campuses and unless otherwise stated)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Activities—Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  The Company, which currently operates 22 schools in 14 states, offers programs in skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electrical and electronic systems technology, among other programs), automotive technology, healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant and medical administrative assistant, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and information technology.  The schools operate under Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of the campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of the campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. The Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of the campuses are nationally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.

The Company’s business is organized into two reportable business segments: (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, and (b) Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”).

Liquidity—As of December 31, 2021, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $83.3 million.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $38.0 million.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a net cash balance of $20.8 million calculated as cash and cash equivalents, less both the short-term and long-term portions of the Company’s Credit Facility (defined below). The Company believes that its likely sources of cash should be sufficient to fund operations for the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future.

Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid short-term investments, which contain original maturities within three months of purchase.  Pursuant to the DOE’s cash management requirements, the Company retains funds from financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act in segregated cash management accounts.  The segregated accounts do not require a restriction on use of the cash and, as such, these amounts are classified as cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

Accounts Receivable—The Company reports accounts receivable at net realizable value, which is equal to the gross receivable less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts.  Noncurrent accounts receivable represent amounts due from graduates in excess of 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts—Based upon experience and judgment, an allowance is established for uncollectible accounts with respect to tuition receivables. In establishing the allowance for uncollectible accounts, the Company considers, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student’s status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history.

Inventories—Inventories consist mainly of textbooks, computers, tools and supplies. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Equipment and Facilities—Depreciation and Amortization—Property, equipment and facilities are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Upon the retirement, sale or other disposition of assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operating income. For financial statement purposes, depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the lesser of the term of the lease or its estimated useful life.

F-11

Advertising Costs—Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and approximated $33.1 million and $31.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill—Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business (reporting unit) over the estimated carrying value, assets net of liabilities. Lincoln tests goodwill for impairment annually, in the forth quarter of each year, unless there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate an impairment may have occurred. Impairment may result from deterioration in performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in laws or regulations, the restriction of activities associated with the acquired business, and/or a variety of other circumstances. If we determine that impairment has occurred, we record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made.

As of December 31, 2021, goodwill was approximately $14.5 million, or 4.9%, of our total assets. The goodwill is allocated among nine reporting units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment.

When Lincoln performs our annual goodwill impairment assessment we first assess a number of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If we conclude based on our qualitative review that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value we proceed with a quantitative impairment test.

Our qualitative assessment is subjective, it includes a review of macroeconomic and industry factors, review of the financial performance of applicable reporting units, and assessment of adverse events that may negatively impact a reporting units carrying value. Adverse events would include, but are not limited to, difficulty in accessing capital, a greater competitive environment, decline in market-dependent multiples or metrics, regulatory or political developments, change in key personnel, strategy, or customers, or litigation.

When we perform the quantitative impairment test we believe the most critical assumptions and estimates in determining the estimated fair value of our reporting units include, but are not limited to, future tuition revenues, operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures and a discount rate. The assumptions used in determining our expected future cash flows consider various factors such as historical operating trends particularly in student enrollment and pricing and long-term operating strategies and initiatives.

If Lincoln determines that quantitative tests are necessary, these tests are performed using projected future operating results and cash flows on a weighted scale, 50% based on Discounted Cash Flows (Income Approach) and 50% on based EBITDA multipliers (Market Approach). Management judgment is necessary in forecasting future cash flows and operating results, critical assumptions include growth rates, changes in operating costs, capital expenditures, and changes in weighted average costs of capital. Additionally, Lincoln obtains independent market metrics for the industry and our peers to assist in the development of these key assumptions. This process is consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans.

Lincoln has completed our 2021 goodwill impairment assessment and determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units exceeded their carrying value. As such, we concluded that goodwill was not impaired.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For other long-lived assets, including right-of-use lease assets, the Company evaluates assets for recoverability when there is an indication of potential impairment. If the undiscounted cash flows from a group of assets being evaluated is less than the carrying value of that group of assets, the fair value of the asset group is determined and the carrying value of the asset group is written down to fair value.

When we perform the quantitative impairment test for long-lived assets, we examine estimated future cash flows using Level 3 inputs. These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying independent market values. If the Company determines that an asset’s carrying value is impaired, it will record a write-down of the carrying value of the asset and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period in which the determination is made.

The Company concluded that for the year ended December 31, 2021 there was an impairment of our property in Suffield, Connecticut of $0.7 million.  The impairment was the result of an assessment of the current market value, obtained via 3rd party engagement, as compared to the current carrying value of the assets.  Lincoln had a carrying value for the Suffield, Connecticut property of approximately $2.9 million.  The fair value estimate provided indicated that the current value of the property was approximately $2.2 million.  As such, the aforementioned $0.7 million impairment was recorded and the assets carrying value reduced. There were no other long-lived asset impairments for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company concluded that for the year ended December 31, 2020 there were no long-lived asset impairments.

F-12

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments.  The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company’s cash balances with financial institutions typically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limit of $0.25 million. The Company’s cash balances on deposit at December 31, 2021, exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC by approximately $82.7 million. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on its invested cash.

The Company extends credit for tuition and fees to many of its students. The credit risk with respect to these accounts receivable is mitigated by the students’ participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt of federal funds for those students. In addition, the remaining tuition receivables are primarily comprised of smaller individual amounts due from students.

With respect to student receivables, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk as of each of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates and assumptions, including those used to determine the incremental borrowing rate to calculate lease liabilities and right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, lease term to calculate lease cost, revenue recognition, bad debts, impairments, fixed assets, income taxes, benefit plans and certain accruals.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). This statement requires an asset and a liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses our deferred tax asset to determine whether all or any portion of the asset is more likely than not unrealizable.  A valuation allowance is required to be established or maintained when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, our assessment considers whether there has been sufficient income in recent years and whether sufficient income is expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, the Company considered, among other things, historical levels of income, expected future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, and the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits. Significant judgment is required in determining the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements and/or tax returns.  Differences between anticipated and actual outcomes of these future tax consequences could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.  Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future income levels could materially impact the Company’s valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we did not record any interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions.

Derivative Instruments—The Company records the fair value of derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. The accounting for gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value is dependent on the use of the derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

All qualifying hedging activities are documented at the inception of the hedge and must meet the definition of highly effective in offsetting changes to future cash. The Company utilizes the change in variable cash flows method to evaluate hedge effectiveness quarterly. We record the fair value of the qualifying hedges in other long-term liabilities (for derivative liabilities) and other assets (for derivative assets). All unrealized gains and losses on derivatives that are designated and qualify for hedge accounting are reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and recognized when the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in other comprehensive income.  The Company classifies the cash flows from a cash flow hedge within the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged.

Start-up Costs—Costs related to the start of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

F-13

New Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” These amendments provide temporary optional guidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The ASU provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. It is intended to help stakeholders during the global market-wide reference rate transition period. In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope” which clarifies that certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 for contract modifications and hedge accounting apply to derivatives that are affected by the discounting transition. The guidance is effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company is implementing a transition plan to identify and modify its loans and other financial instruments with attributes that are either directly or indirectly influenced by LIBOR. The Company is continuing to assess ASU 2020-04 and its impact on the Company’s transition away from LIBOR for its loan and other financial instruments. In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-10, “Codification Improvements”, which makes minor technical corrections and clarifications to the ASU. The amendments in Sections B and C of the ASU are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, for public business entities. This update did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”. This ASU simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. The ASU removes separation models for (1) convertible debt with a cash conversion feature and (2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature and hence most of the instruments will be accounted for as a single model (either debt or equity). The ASU also states that entities must apply the if-converted method to all convertible instruments for calculation of diluted EPS and the treasury stock method is no longer available. An entity can use either a full or modified retrospective approach to adopt the ASU’s guidance. ASU No. 2020-06 is effective for the Company as a smaller reporting company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For convertible instruments that include a down-round feature, entities may early adopt the amendments that apply to the down-round features if they have not yet adopted the amendments in ASU 2017-11. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. ASU 2019-12 also clarifies and amends GAAP for other areas of Topic 740. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective or prospective basis. The Company adopted ASU 2019-12 on January 1, 2021, which did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” and subsequently issued additional guidance that modified ASU 2016-13. The ASU and the subsequent modifications are identified as Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 326. The standard requires an entity to change its accounting approach in determining impairment of certain financial instruments, including trade receivables, from an “incurred loss” to a “current expected credit loss” model. Further, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, ASU No. 2019-05 and ASU 2019-11 to provide additional guidance on the credit losses standard. In November 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842)”.  This ASU defers the effective date of ASU 2016-13 for public companies that are considered smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  Additionally, in February and March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-02, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 and Update to SEC Section on Effective Date Related to Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)” ASU 2020-02 adds a SEC paragraph pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 on loan losses to FASB Codification Topic 326 and also updates the SEC section of the Codification for the change in the effective date of Topic 842. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact that these ASUs will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

2. FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

Financial Aid

The Company’s schools and students participate in a variety of government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students in paying for the cost of their education. The largest source of such support is the federal programs of student financial assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, commonly referred to as the Title IV Programs, which are administered by the DOE. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, approximately 75% and 77%, respectively, of net revenues on a cash basis were indirectly derived from funds distributed under Title IV Programs.

F-14

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company calculated that no individual DOE reporting entity received more than 90% of its revenue, determined on a cash basis pursuant to DOE regulations, from the Title IV Program funds.  The Company’s calculations may be subject to review by the DOE.  Under DOE regulations, a proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from the Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in the Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% of its total revenue for a single fiscal year, will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If one of the Company’s institutions violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

Regulatory Compliance

All institutions participating in Title IV Programs must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based on the institution’s annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control of the institution.

The most significant financial responsibility measurement is the institution’s composite score, which is calculated by the DOE based on three ratios:

• The equity ratio, which measures the institution’s capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;

• The primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and

• The net income ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to operate at a profit.

The DOE assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The DOE then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a composite score for the institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further oversight.

If an institution’s composite score is below 1.5, but is at least 1.0, it is in a category denominated by the DOE as “the zone.” Under the DOE regulations, institutions that are in the zone typically may be permitted by the DOE to continue to participate in the Title IV Programs by choosing one of two alternatives:  1) the “Zone Alternative” under which an institution is required to make disbursements to students under the Heightened Cash Monitoring 1 (“HCM1”) payment method, or a different payment method other than the advance payment method, and to notify the DOE within 10 days after the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events or 2) submit a letter of credit to the DOE equal to 50 percent of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recent fiscal year.  The DOE permits an institution to participate under the “Zone Alternative” for a period of up to three consecutive fiscal years.  Under the HCM1 payment method, the institution is required to make Title IV Program disbursements to eligible students and parents before it requests or receives funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.  As long as the student accounts are credited before the funding requests are initiated, an institution is permitted to draw down funds through the DOE’s electronic system for grants management and payments for the amount of disbursements made to eligible students.  Unlike the Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (“HCM2”) and the reimbursement payment methods, the HCM1 payment method typically does not require schools to submit documentation to the DOE and wait for DOE approval before drawing down Title IV Program funds.  Effective July 1, 2016, a school under HCM1, HCM2 or reimbursement payment methods must also pay any credit balances due to a student before drawing down funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE, even if the student or parent provides written authorization for the school to hold the credit balance.

If an institution’s composite score is below 1.0, the institution is considered by the DOE to lack financial responsibility. If the DOE determines that an institution does not satisfy the DOE’s financial responsibility standards, depending on its composite score and other factors, that institution may establish its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs on an alternative basis by, among other things:

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the institution’s most recently completed fiscal year; or

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year accepting provisional certification; complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE’s standard advance funding arrangement.

The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of our institutions on a consolidated basis. We submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 2018 fiscal year reflecting a composite score of 1.1 based upon our calculations. The DOE indicated in a January 13, 2020 letter its determination that our institutions are “in the zone” based on our composite score for the 2018 fiscal year and that we are required to operate under the Zone Alternative requirements, including the requirement to make disbursements under the HCM1 payment method and to notify the DOE within 10 days of the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events. We also were required to submit to the DOE bi-weekly cash balance submissions outlining our available cash on hand, monthly actual and projected cash flow statements, and monthly student rosters.

F-15

On February 16, 2021, we received a letter from the DOE confirming our composite score of 1.5 for fiscal year 2019 as well as removing the Company from the Zone Alternative requirements. On August 26, 2021, the DOE sent us correspondence stating that our three institutions had performed all of the requirements of the February 16, 2021 letter and notifying us that the DOE had returned our institutions to advance pay on August 19, 2021.

For the 2020 and 2021 fiscal years, we calculated our composite score to be 2.7 and 3.0, respectively. These scores are subject to determination by the DOE based on its review of our consolidated audited financial statements for the 2020 and 2021 fiscal years, but we believe it is likely that the DOE will determine that our institutions comply with the composite score requirement.

3. NET INCOME PER SHARE

The Company presents basic and diluted income per common share using the two-class method which requires all outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock that contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends and therefore participate in undistributed income with common shareholders to be included in computing income per common share. Under the two-class method, net income is reduced by the amount of dividends declared in the period for each class of common stock and participating security. The remaining undistributed income is then allocated to common stock and participating securities, based on their respective rights to receive dividends. Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends on an if-converted basis and on the same basis as common shares, respectively, and are considered participating securities. The Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock are not included in the computation of basic income per common share in periods in which we have a net loss, as the Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock are not contractually obligated to share in our net losses. However, the cumulative dividends on preferred stock for the period decreases the income or increases the net loss allocated to common shareholders unless the dividend is paid in the period. Basic income per common share has been computed by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. The basic and diluted net income amounts are the same for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 as a result of the anti-dilutive impact of the potentially dilutive securities.

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the diluted net income per share computations for the periods presented below:

	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share data)	2021			2020
Numerator:
Net income	$	34,718		$	48,565
Less: preferred stock dividend		(1,219	)		(1,378	)
Less: allocation to preferred stockholders		(5,601	)		(8,224	)
Less: allocation to restricted stockholders		(1,796	)		(2,150	)
Net income allocated to common stockholders	$	26,102		$	36,813
Basic net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding		25,080,789			24,748,496
Basic net income per share	$	1.04		$	1.49
Diluted net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average number of:
Common shares outstanding		25,080,789			24,748,496
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding:
Series A Preferred Stocck		-			-
Unvested restricted stock		-			-
Stock options		-			-
Dilutive shares outstanding		25,080,789			24,748,496
Diluted net income per share	$	1.04		$	1.49

F-16

The following table summarizes the potential weighted average shares of common stock that were excluded from the determination of our diluted shares outstanding as they were anti-dilutive:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Series A preferred stock		5,381,356		5,381,356
Unvested restricted stock		825,569		632,693
		6,206,925		6,014,049

4. REVENUE RECOGNITION

Substantially all of our revenues are considered to be revenues from contracts with students.  The related accounts receivable balances are recorded in our balance sheets as student accounts receivable.  We do not have significant revenue recognized from performance obligations that were satisfied in prior periods, and we do not have any transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations other than in our unearned tuition.  We record revenue for students who withdraw from our schools only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.  Unearned tuition represents contract liabilities primarily related to our tuition revenue. We have elected not to provide disclosure about transaction prices allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations if original contract durations are less than one-year, or if we have the right to consideration from a student in an amount that corresponds directly with the value provided to the student for performance obligations completed to date in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customer”. We have assessed the costs incurred to obtain a contract with a student and determined them to be immaterial.

Unearned tuition in the amount of $25.4 million and $23.5 million is recorded in the current liabilities section of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The change in this contract liability balance during the year ended December 31, 2021 is the result of payments received in advance of satisfying performance obligations, offset by revenue recognized during that period. Revenue recognized for the year ended December 31, 2021 that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year was $22.8 million.

The following table depicts the timing of revenue recognition:

	Year ended December 31, 2021
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	17,393	$	5,686	$	23,079
Services transferred over time		223,138		89,119		312,257
Total revenues	$	240,531	$	94,805	$	335,336

	Year ended December 31, 2020
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	12,519	$	4,718	$	17,237
Services transferred over time		194,915		80,943		275,858
Total revenues	$	207,434	$	85,661	$	293,095

5. LEASES

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The Company considers any contract where there is an identified asset and that it has the right to control the use of such asset in determining whether the contract contains a lease.  An operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset represents the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are to be recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As all of the Company’s operating leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available on the adoption date in determining the present value of lease payments. We estimate the incremental borrowing rate based on a yield curve analysis, utilizing the interest rate derived from the fair value analysis of our credit facility and adjusting it for factors that appropriately reflect the profile of secured borrowing over the expected term of the lease. The operating lease ROU assets include any lease payments made prior to the rent commencement date and exclude lease incentives. Our leases have remaining lease terms of one year to 20 years. Lease terms may include options to extend the lease term used in determining the lease obligation when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.  Lease expense for lease payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term for operating leases.

F-17

Our operating lease cost for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $15.8 million and $15.3 million, respectively.  Our variable lease cost for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was zero and $0.6 million, respectively.  The net change in ROU asset and operating lease liability are included in other assets in the consolidated cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company withheld portions of and/or delayed payments to certain of its landlords as the Company sought to renegotiate payment terms, in order to further maintain liquidity given the temporary closures of its facilities. In some instances, the negotiations with landlords have led to agreements for rent abatements or rental deferrals, while. Total payments withheld or deferred as of December 31, 2020 were approximately $0.5 million and were repaid as of December 31, 2021.

In accordance with the FASB’s Staff Q&A regarding rent concessions related to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has elected to account for agreed concessions by landlords that do not result in a substantial increase in the rights of the landlord or the obligations of the Company, as lessee, as though enforceable rights and obligations for those concessions existed in the original lease agreements and the Company has elected not to re-measure the related lease liabilities and right-of-use assets associated with rent concessions due to COVID-19. For qualifying rent abatement concessions, the Company has recorded negative lease expense for the amount of the concession during the period of relief, and for qualifying deferrals of rental payments, the Company has recognized a payable in lieu of recognizing a decrease in cash for the lease payment that would have been made based on the original terms of the lease agreement, which will be reduced when the deferred payment is made in the future. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $0.6 million of negative lease expense related to rent abatement concessions.

Supplemental cash flow information and non-cash activity related to our operating leases are as follows:

	December 31,
	2021		2020
Operating cash flow information:
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities	$	15,404	$	15,390
Non-cash activity:
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets	$	45,456	$	14,890

As of December 31, 2021, there were 2 new leases and 9 lease modifications that resulted in noncash re-measurements of the related ROU asset and operating lease liability of $45.5 million. Approximately $40 million of this related to the sale leaseback transaction discussed in Note 7 with the remaining amount related to lease re-measurements.

Weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate for our operating leases is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Weighted-average remaining lease term	11.47 years			6.11 years
Weighted-average discount rate		7.67	%		11.33	%

F-18

Maturities of lease liabilities by fiscal year for our operating leases as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2022	$	18,353
2023		17,408
2024		15,047
2025		13,074
2026		10,600
Thereafter		64,031
Total lease payments		138,513
Less: imputed interest		(40,624	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	97,889

6. GOODWILL

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

	Gross Goodwill Balance		Accumulated Impairment Losses		Net Goodwill Balance
Balance as of January 1, 2020	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2020		117,176		102,640		14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2021	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536

As of each of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the goodwill balance of $14.5 million is related to the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment.

7. PROPERTY SALE AGREEMENTS

Property Sale Agreement - Nashville, Tennessee Campus

On September 24, 2021, Nashville Acquisition, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company (“Nashville Acquisition”), entered into a Contract for the Purchase of Real Estate (the “Nashville Contract”) to sell the property located at 524 Gallatin Road, Nashville, Tennessee, at which the Company operates its Nashville campus, to SLC Development, LLC, a subsidiary of Southern Land Company (“SLC”), for an aggregate sale price of $34.5 million, subject to customary adjustments at closing. The Company intends to relocate its Nashville campus to a more efficient and technologically advanced facility in the Nashville metropolitan area but has not yet determined a location. The closing of the sale transaction is expected to occur in the first half of 2022 subject to various closing conditions which must be satisfied or waived including the satisfactory completion by the buyer of its due diligence review. During the due diligence period, SLC has the right to terminate the Nashville Contract for any reason at its discretion; therefore, there can be no assurance that the sale will be consummated on a timely basis or at all. Upon closing, Nashville Acquisition would be permitted to occupy the property and continue to operate the Nashville campus on a rent-free basis for a lease-back period of 12 months, and, thereafter, will have the option to extend the lease-back period for one 90-day term and three additional 30-day terms pursuant to a lease agreement currently being negotiated by the parties.   The Nashville property is included in assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021.

F-19

Sale-Leaseback Transaction - Denver, Colorado and Grand Prairie, Texas Campuses

On September 24, 2021, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and LTI Holdings, LLC, each a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (collectively, “Lincoln”), entered into an Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Property for the sale of the properties located at 11194 E. 45th Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80239 and 2915 Alouette Drive, Grand Prairie, Texas 75052, at which the Company operates its Denver and Grand Prairie campuses, respectively, to LNT Denver (Multi) LLC, a subsidiary of LCN Capital Partners (“LNT”), for an aggregate sale price of $46.5 million, subject to customary adjustments at closing. Closing of the sale occurred on October 29, 2021.  Concurrently with consummation of the sale, the parties entered into a triple-net lease agreement for each of the properties pursuant to which the properties are being leased back to Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. for a twenty-year term at an initial annual base rent, payable quarterly in advance of approximately $2.6 million for the first year with annual 2.00% increases thereafter and includes four subsequent five-year renewal options in which the base rent is reset at the commencement of each renewal term at then current fair market rent for the first year of each renewal term with annual 2.00% increases thereafter in each such renewal term. The lease, in each case, provides Lincoln with a right of first offer should LNT wish to sell the property. The Company has provided a guaranty of the financial and other obligations of Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. under each lease. The Company evaluated factors in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue Recognition, to conclude that the transaction qualified as a sale. This included analyzing the right of first offer clause to determine whether it represents a repurchase agreement that would preclude the transaction from being accounted for as a successful sale. The Company recognized a gain on sale of assets of $22.5 million. Additionally, the Company evaluated factors in ASC Topic 842, Leases, and concluded that the newly created leases met the definition an operating lease. The Company recorded Right of Use (“ROU”) Asset and lease liabilities of $40.1 million. The sale lease-back transaction provided the Company with net proceeds of approximately $45.4 million with the proceeds partially used for the repayment of the Company’s outstanding term loan of $16.2 million and swap termination fee of $0.5 million.

8. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

Property, equipment and facilities consist of the following:

	Useful life (years)		At December 31,
			2021			2020
Land		-	$	645		$	6,969
Buildings and improvements		1-25		88,060			134,526
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		1-7		85,441			82,133
Vehicles		3		751			733
Construction in progress		-		1,557			327
				176,454			224,688
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization				(153,335	)		(176,300	)
			$	23,119		$	48,388

The decrease in property, equipment and facilities is mainly due to the sale lease-back transaction and the Nashville property included in assets held for sale as of December 31, 2021 as discussed in Note 7. Depreciation and amortization expense of property, equipment and facilities was $7.1 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

9. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2021		2020
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	11,662	$	12,476
Accrued real estate taxes		1,732		2,614
Other accrued expenses		2,275		1,602
	$	15,669	$	16,692

10. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	At December 31,
	2021		2020
Credit agreement	$	-	$	17,833
Deferred financing fees		-		(621	)
		-		17,212
Less current maturities		-		(2,000	)
	$	-	$	15,212

F-20

Credit Facility

On November 14, 2019, the Company entered into a senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with its lender, Sterling National Bank (the “Lender”), providing for borrowing in the aggregate principal amount of up to $60 million (the “Credit Facility”). Initially, the Credit Facility was comprised of four facilities: (1) a $20 million senior secured term loan maturing on December 1, 2024 (the “Term Loan”), with monthly interest and principal payments based on 120-month amortization with the outstanding balance due on the maturity date; (2) a $10 million senior secured delayed draw term loan maturing on December 1, 2024 (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan”), with monthly interest payments for the first 18 months and thereafter monthly payments of interest and principal based on 120-month amortization and all balances due on the maturity date; (3) a $15 million senior secured committed revolving line of credit providing a sublimit of up to $10 million for standby letters of credit maturing on November 13, 2022 (the “Revolving Loan”), with monthly payments of interest only; and (4) a $15 million senior secured non-restoring line of credit maturing on January 31, 2021 (the “Line of Credit Loan”).

At the closing of the Credit Facility, the Company entered into a swap transaction with the Lender for 100% of the principal balance of the Term Loan maturing on the same date as the Term Loan.  Under the terms of the Credit Facility accrued interest on each loan under the Credit Facility is payable monthly in arrears with the Term Loan and the Delayed Draw Term Loan bearing interest at a floating interest rate based on the then one month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.50% and subject to a LIBOR interest rate floor of 0.25% if there is no swap agreement. Revolving Loans bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the then LIBOR plus an indicative spread determined by the Company’s leverage as defined in the Credit Agreement or, if the borrowing of a Revolving Loan is to be repaid within 30 days of such borrowing, the Revolving Loan will accrue interest at the Lender’s prime rate plus 0.50% with a floor of 4.0%.  Line of Credit Loans will bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the Lender’s prime rate of interest.  Letters of credit issued under the Revolving Loan reduce, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the availability of borrowings under the Revolving Loan. Letters of credit are charged an annual fee equal to (i) an applicable margin determined by the leverage ratio of the Company less (ii) 0.25%, paid quarterly in arrears, in addition to the Lender’s customary fees for issuance, amendment and other standard fees.  Borrowings under the Line of Credit Loan are secured by cash collateral. The Lender receives an unused facility fee of 0.50% per annum payable quarterly in arrears on the unused portions of the Revolving Loan and the Line of Credit Loan.

In addition to the foregoing, the Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative covenants (including financial covenants that (i) restrict capital expenditures, (ii) restrict leverage, (iii) require maintaining minimum tangible net worth, (iv) require maintaining a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and (v) require the maintenance of a minimum of $5 million in quarterly average aggregate balances on deposit with the Lender, which, if not maintained, will result in the assessment of a quarterly fee of $12,500), as well as events of default customary for facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.  The Credit Agreement also limited the payment of cash dividends during the first twenty-four months of the agreement to $1.7 million but an amendment to the Credit Agreement entered into on November 10, 2020 raised the cash dividend limit to $2.3 million in such twenty-four-month period to increase the amount of permitted cash dividends that the Company can pay on its Series A Preferred Stock.

Until recently, as further discussed below, the Credit Facility was secured by a first priority lien in favor of the Lender on substantially all of the personal property owned by the Company, as well as a pledge of the stock and other equity in the Company’s subsidiaries and mortgages on parcels of real property owned by the Company in Colorado, Tennessee and Texas, at which three of the Company’s schools are located, as well as a former school property owned by the Company located in Connecticut.

On September 23, 2021, in connection with entry into the agreements relating to the sale leaseback transaction for the Company’s Denver, Grand Prairie and Nashville campuses (collectively, the “Property Transactions”), the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a Consent and Waiver Letter Agreement (the “Consent Agreement”) to the Company’s Credit Agreement. The Consent Agreement provides the Lender’s consent to the Property Transactions and waives certain covenants in the Credit Agreement, subject to certain conditions specified therein. In addition, in connection with the consummation of the Property Transactions, the Lender released its mortgages and other liens on the subject-properties upon the Company’s payment in full of the outstanding principal and accrued interest of the Term Loan and any swap obligations arising from any swap transaction. No further borrowings may be made under the Term Loan or the Delayed Draw Term Loan. Upon the consummation of the sale leaseback transaction relating to the Denver and Grand Prairie campuses on October 29, 2021 the Company paid the Lender approximately $16.7 million in repayment of the Term Loan and the swap termination fee.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had zero and $17.8 million, respectively, outstanding under the Credit Facility offset by zero and $0.6 million of deferred finance fees, respectively.  As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, letters of credit in the aggregate outstanding principal amount of $4.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively, were outstanding under the Credit Facility.

F-21

11. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our Board of Directors and have the right to one vote per share on all matters requiring shareholder approval. The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since the Company’s Board of Directors discontinued our quarterly cash dividend program in February 2015.  The Company has no current intentions to resume the payment of cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Preferred Stock

On November 14, 2019, the Company raised gross proceeds of $12.7 million from the sale of 12,700 shares of its newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).  The Series A Preferred Stock was designated by the Company’s Board of Directors pursuant to a certificate of amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Charter Amendment”). The liquidation preference associated with the Series A Preferred Stock was $1,000 per share at December 31, 2021.  Upon issuance each share of Series A Preferred Stock was convertible at $2.36 per share of common stock (as may be adjusted pursuant to the Charter Amendment, the “Conversion Price”) into 423,729 shares of common stock (the number of shares into which the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at any time, the “Conversion Shares”).  The Company incurred issuance costs of $0.7 million as part of this transaction.

The description below provides a summary of certain material terms of the Series A Preferred Stock:

Securities Purchase Agreement.

The Series A Preferred Stock was sold by the Company pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of November 14, 2019 (the “SPA”) among the Company, Juniper Targeted Opportunity Fund, L.P. and Juniper Targeted Opportunities, L.P. (together, “Juniper Purchasers”) and Talanta Investment, Inc. (“Talanta,” together with Juniper Purchasers, the “Investors”). Among other things, the SPA includes covenants relating to the appointment of a director to the Company’s Board of Directors to be selected solely by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Dividends. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Dividends”), at the initial annual rate of 9.6% is to be paid, in arrears, from the date of issuance quarterly on each December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30 with September 30, 2020 being the first dividend payment date.  The Company, at its option, may pay dividends either (a) in cash or (b) by increasing the number of Conversion Shares by the dollar amount of the dividend divided by the Conversion Price.  The dividend rate is subject to increase (a) 2.4% per annum on the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock (b) by 2% per annum but in no event above 14% per annum should the Company fail to perform certain obligations under the Charter Amendment.  The Series A Preferred Stock is not currently redeemable and may not become redeemable in the future. As a result, the Company is not required to re-measure the Series A Preferred Stock and does not accrete changes in the redemption value.  As of December 31, 2021, we have paid $1.2 million cash dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock rather than increasing the number of Conversion Shares.  Dividends are included in the consolidated balance sheets within additional paid-in-capital when the Company maintains an accumulated deficit.

Series A Preferred Stock Holders Right to Convert into Common Stock.  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, at any time, is convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to (i) the sum of (A) $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the Charter Amendment) plus (B) the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash divided by (ii) the Conversion Price ($2.36 per share subject to anti-dilution adjustments) as of the applicable Conversion Date (as defined in the Charter Amendment). At all times, however, the number of Conversion Shares that can be issued to any Series A Preferred Stock Holder may not result in such holder and its affiliates owning more than 19.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion (the “Hard Cap”), unless prior shareholder approval is obtained or no longer required by the rules of the principal stock exchange on which the Company’s common stock trade.

Mandatory Conversion. If, at any time following November 14, 2022 the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds 2.25 times the Conversion Price (currently $5.31 per share) for a period of 20 consecutive trading days and on each such trading day at least 20,000 shares of common stock was traded, the Company may, at its option and subject to the Hard Cap, require that any or all of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock be automatically converted into Conversion Shares.

Redemption. Beginning November 14, 2024, the Company may redeem all or any of the Series A Preferred Stock for a cash price equal to the greater of (“Liquidation Preference”) (i) the sum of $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the Charter Amendment) plus the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash and (ii) the value of the Conversion Shares were such Series A Preferred Stock converted (as determined in the Charter Amendment) without regard to the Hard Cap.

F-22

Change of Control.  In the event of certain changes of control, some of which are not in the Company’s control, as defined in the Charter Amendment as a “Fundamental Change” or a “Liquidation” (as defined in the Charter Amendment), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the Liquidation Preference, unless such Fundamental Change is a stock merger in which certain value and volume requirements are met, in which case the Series A Preferred Stock will be converted into common stock in connection with such stock merger.  The Company has classified the Series A Preferred Stock as mezzanine equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet based upon the terms of a change of control which could be outside the Company’s control.

Voting. Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to vote with the holders of shares of common stock and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company, on an as-converted basis, in all cases subject to the Hard Cap.  In addition, a majority of the voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock must approve certain significant actions of the Company, including (i) declaring a dividend or otherwise redeeming or repurchasing any shares of common stock and other junior securities, if any, subject to certain exceptions, (ii) incurring indebtedness, except for certain permitted indebtedness and (iii) creating a subsidiary other than a wholly-owned subsidiary.

Additional Provisions.  The Series A Preferred Stock is perpetual and therefore does not have a maturity date.  The conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to anti-dilution protections if the Company affects a stock split, stock dividend, subdivision, reclassification or combination of its common stock and certain other economically dilutive events.

Registration Rights Agreement. The Company also is a party to a Registration Rights Agreement (“RRA”) with the investors of the Series A Preferred Stock.  The RRA provides for unlimited demand registration rights, of which there can be two underwritten offerings each for at least $5 million in gross proceeds, and piggyback registration rights, with respect to the Conversion Shares. In addition, the RRA obligated the Company to register “for the shelf” the resale of the Conversion Shares through the filing of a registration statement to such effect (the “Resale Shelf Registration Statement”) and have such Resale Shelf Registration Statement declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  The SEC declared the Resale Shelf Registration Statement effective on October 16, 2020.

Restricted Stock

The Company currently has three stock incentive plans: a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”), a Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Plan (the “Non-Employee Directors Plan”) and the Lincoln Educational Services Corporation 2020 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2020 Plan”).

2020 Plan

On March 26, 2020, the Board adopted the 2020 Plan to provide an incentive to certain directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company to align their interests in the Company’s success with those of its shareholders through the grant of equity-based awards. On June 16, 2020, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2020 Plan.  The 2020 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other qualified committee appointed by the Board, who will, among other duties, have full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under the 2020 Plan. Pursuant to the 2020 Plan, the Company may grant options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options.  The Plan has a duration of 10 years.

Subject to adjustment as described in the 2020 Plan, the aggregate number of common shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan is 2,000,000 shares.

LTIP

Under the LTIP, certain employees have received awards of restricted shares of common stock based on service and performance.  The number of shares granted to each employee is based on the amount of the award and the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The 2020 Plan makes it clear that there will be no new grants under the LTIP effective as of the date of shareholder approval, June 16, 2020.  The 2020 Plan also states that the shares available under the 2020 Plan will be two million shares plus the number of shares remaining available under the LTIP.  As no shares remain available under the LTIP there can be no additional grants under the LTIP. Grants under the LTIP remain in effect according to their terms.  Therefore, those grants are subject to the particular award agreement relating thereto and to the LTIP to the extent that the prior plan provides rules relating to those grants.  The LTIP remains in effect only to that extent.

Non-Employee Directors Plan

Pursuant to the Non-Employee Directors Plan, each non-employee director of the Company receives an annual award of restricted shares of common stock on the date of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders.  The number of shares granted to each non-employee director is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on that date.  The restricted shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.  There is no restriction on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends with respect to any of such restricted shares.

F-23

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company completed a net share settlement for 154,973 and 75,115 restricted shares, respectively, on behalf of certain employees that participate in the LTIP upon the vesting of the restricted shares pursuant to the terms of the LTIP.  The net share settlement was in connection with income taxes incurred on restricted shares that vested and were transferred to the employees during 2021 and/or 2020, creating taxable income for the employees.  At the employees’ request, the Company will pay these taxes on behalf of the employees in exchange for the employees returning an equivalent value of restricted shares to the Company.  These transactions resulted in a decrease of $1.0 million and less than $0.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, to equity on the consolidated balance sheets as the cash payment of the taxes effectively was a repurchase of the restricted shares granted in previous years.

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to restricted stock:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2019		595,426		$	3.15
Granted		1,319,734			2.68
Cancelled		-			-
Vested		(343,001	)		3.40
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2020		1,572,159			2.77
Granted		679,331			5.99
Cancelled		-			-
Vested		(507,644	)		3.30
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2021		1,743,846			3.89

The restricted stock expense for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $2.9 million and $1.7 million, respectively.  The unrecognized restricted stock expense as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $4.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2021, outstanding restricted shares under the LTIP had aggregate intrinsic value of $13.0 million.

Stock Options

The fair value of the stock options used to compute stock-based compensation is the estimated present value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to stock options:

	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding January 1, 2019		139,000		$	12.14	2.53 years	$	-
Cancelled		(23,000	)		20.15			-
Outstanding December 31, 2019		116,000			10.56	1.83 years		-
Cancelled		(35,000	)		16.95			-
Outstanding December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding December 31, 2021		81,000			7.79	0.17 years		-
Vested as of December 31, 2021		81,000			7.79	0.17 years		-
Exercisable as of December 31, 2021		81,000			7.79	0.17 years		-

As of December 31, 2021, there was no unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense.

F-24

12. PENSION PLAN

The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of the Company’s union employees. Benefits are provided based on employees’ years of service and earnings. This plan was frozen on December 31, 1994 for non-union employees.

The following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS:
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$	24,358		$	22,832
Service cost		37			35
Interest cost		492			654
Actuarial (gain) loss		(989	)		2,115
Benefits paid		(1,341	)		(1,278	)
Benefit obligation at end of year		22,557			24,358
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year		20,106			18,817
Actual return on plan assets		2,185			2,567
Benefits paid		(1,341	)		(1,278	)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year		20,950			20,106
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	$	(1,607	)	$	(4,252	)

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the actuarial gain of $1.0 million was due to the increase in the discount rate from 2.08% to 2.50%.

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

	At December 31,
	2021			2020
Noncurrent liabilities	$	(1,607	)	$	(4,252	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Accumulated loss	$	(2,862	)	$	(5,655	)
Deferred income taxes		1,621			2,367
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(1,241	)	$	(3,288	)

The accumulated benefit obligation was $22.6 million and $24.4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

F-25

The following table provides the components of net periodic cost for the plan:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST
Service cost	$	37		$	35
Interest cost		492			654
Expected return on plan assets		(1,021	)		(1,044	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		640			585
Net periodic benefit cost	$	148		$	230

The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next year is $0.5 million.

The following tables present plan assets using the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.  The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of inputs used to determine fair value.  Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.  Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets but observable by market data, while Level 3 includes the fair values estimated using significant non-observable inputs.  The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,322	$	-	$	-	$	6,322
Fixed income		7,811		-		-		7,811
International equities		5,180		-		-		5,180
Real estate		900		-		-		900
Cash and equivalents		737		-		-		737
Balance at December 31, 2021	$	20,950	$	-	$	-	$	20,950

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,688	$	-	$	-	$	6,688
Fixed income		6,739		-		-		6,739
International equities		4,480		-		-		4,480
Real estate		1,016		-		-		1,016
Cash and equivalents		1,183		-		-		1,183
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	20,106	$	-	$	-	$	20,106

Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category as of December 31:

	2021			2020
Equity securities		30	%		33	%
Fixed income		37	%		34	%
International equities		25	%		22	%
Real estate		4	%		5	%
Cash and equivalents		4	%		6	%
Total		100	%		100	%

F-26

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

	2021			2020
Discount rate		2.50	%		2.08	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.50	%		2.75	%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for years ended December 31:

	2021			2020
Discount rate		2.50	%		2.08	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.50	%		2.75	%
Long-term rate of return		6.00	%		5.25	%

As this plan was frozen to non-union employees on December 31, 1994, the difference between the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation is not significant in any year.

The Company invests plan assets based on a total return on investment approach, pursuant to which the plan assets include a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments toward a goal of maximizing the long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company determines the level of risk based on an analysis of plan liabilities, the extent to which the value of the plan assets satisfies the plan liabilities and the plan’s financial condition. The investment policy includes target allocations ranging from 30% to 70% for equity investments, 20% to 60% for fixed income investments and 0% to 10% for cash equivalents. The equity portion of the plan assets represents growth and value stocks of small, medium and large companies. The Company measures and monitors the investment risk of the plan assets both on a quarterly basis and annually when the Company assesses plan liabilities.

The Company uses a building block approach to estimate the long-term rate of return on plan assets. This approach is based on the capital markets assumption that the greater the volatility, the greater the return over the long term. An analysis of the historical performance of equity and fixed income investments, together with current market factors such as the inflation and interest rates, are used to help make the assumptions necessary to estimate a long-term rate of return on plan assets. Once this estimate is made, the Company reviews the portfolio of plan assets and makes adjustments thereto that the Company believes are necessary to reflect a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments that is capable of achieving the estimated long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company also compares the portfolio of plan assets to those of other pension plans to help assess the suitability and appropriateness of the plan’s investments.

The Company does not expect to make contributions to the plan in 2022.  However, after considering the funded status of the plan, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make additional contributions to the plan in any given year.

The total amount of the Company’s contributions paid under its pension plan was zero for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Information about the expected benefit payments for the plan is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2022	$	1,358
2023		1,384
2024		1,400
2025		1,389
2026		1,390
Years 2027-2031		6,668

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan for all eligible employees. Employees may contribute up to 25% of their compensation into the plan. The Company may contribute up to an additional 30% of the employee’s contributed amount up to 6% of compensation.  For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s expense for the 401(k) plan amounted to $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

F-27

13. INCOME TAXES

Components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Current:
Federal	$	665	$	-
State		535		802
Total		1,200		802
Deferred:
Federal		8,468		(21,743	)
State		2,860		(14,118	)
Total		11,328		(35,861	)
Total provision (benefit)	$	12,528	$	(35,059	)

Effective Tax rate

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate to the U.S. Statutory Federal Income tax rate was:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021					2020
Income before taxes	$	47,246				$	13,506
Expected tax	$	9,922		21.0	%	$	2,836		21.0	%
State tax benefit (net of federal)		2,682		5.7	%		(10,513	)	-77.8	%
Valuation allowance		-		0.0	%		(27,420	)	-203.0	%
Other		(76	)	-0.2	%		38		0.2	%
Total	$	12,528		26.5	%	$	(35,059	)	-259.6	%

Our income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $12.5 million compared to an income tax benefit of $35.1 million in the prior year.  The tax benefit primarily related to a full release of our valuation allowance on deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020.

Deferred Taxes and Valuation Allowance

The components of the non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities) were as follows:

	At December 31,
	2021			2020
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)
Lease liability	$	26,142		$	16,369
Depreciation		10,551			11,298
Allowance for bad debts		8,525			7,659
Net operating loss carryforwards		2,394			13,480
Stock-based compensation		641			317
Accrued benefits		656			1,208
Pension plan liabilities		429			1,137
Other intangibles		70			100
Goodwill		(1,267	)		(1,091	)
Right-of-use asset		(24,433	)		(14,759	)
Noncurrent deferred tax assets, net		23,708			35,718

F-28

As of December 31, 2021, the Company has gross net operating losses (“NOL”) of $1.2 million and $37.6 million for federal and state tax purposes as of December 31, 2021 compared million for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. The federal NOLs can be carryforward indefinitely. While some states follow federal NOL which can be carried forward indefinitely, majority of the state NOLs expires in 2033 and ending in 2037 if not utilized.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has gross NOL of $43.1 million and $77.2 million for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. The federal NOL of $29.1 million will expire in 2029 and ending in 2038. Remaining federal NOL of $14 million can be carryforward indefinitely. While some states follow federal NOL which can be carried forward indefinitely, majority of the state NOLs expires in 2033 and ending in 2037 if not utilized. 

The Utilization of the NOL carryforwards may be subject to a substantial limitation due to ownership change limitations that may occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as well as similar state and foreign provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain shareholders or public groups.

14. FAIR VALUE

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instrument assets and liabilities, which are not measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are listed in the table below:

	December 31, 2021
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	83,307	$	83,307	$	-	$	-	$	83,307
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,881		-		4,881		-		4,881
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	15,669	$	-	$	15,669	$	-	$	15,669
Other short term liabilities		15		-		15		-		15

	December 31, 2020
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	38,026	$	38,026	$	-	$	-	$	38,026
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		3,723		-		3,723		-		3,723
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692
Other short term liabilities		26		-		26		-		26
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		703		-		703		-		703
Credit facility		17,212		-		15,487		-		15,487

As of December 31, 2020, we estimated the fair value of the Credit Facility based on a present value analysis utilizing aggregate market yields obtained from independent pricing sources for similar financial instruments.

The carrying amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for Cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value because they are highly liquid.

The carrying amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for Prepaid expenses and Other current assets, Accrued expenses and Other short term liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items.

Qualifying Hedge Derivative

On November 14, 2019, the Company entered into an interest rate swap for the Term Loan with a notional amount of $20 million which was due to expire on December 1, 2024. On October 29, 2021 the Term Loan was repaid and the interest rate swap was paid in full.

F-29

The loan had a 10-year straight line amortization.  A principal amount of $0.2 million was paid monthly.  This interest rate swap converted the floating interest rate Term Loan to a fixed rate, plus a borrowing spread.  The interest rate was variable based on LIBOR plus 3.50% and the Company’s fixed rate is 5.36%. The Company designated this interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge to hedge exposure resulting from the interest rate risk. The purpose of the hedge was to reduce the variability of the interest rate based on LIBOR.  The Company managed this exposure within specified guidelines through the use of derivatives. All of our derivative instruments are utilized for risk management purposes, and the Company does not use derivatives for speculative trading purposes.

The following summarizes the fair value of the outstanding derivative:

	December 31, 2021				December 31, 2020
	Liability				Liability(1)
	Notional		Fair Value		Notional		Fair Value
Derivative derived as a hedging instrument:
Interest Rate Swap	$	-	$	-	$	17,800	$	700

(1) The Company’s derivative liability is measured at fair value using observable market inputs such as interest rates and our own credit risk as well as an evaluation of our counterparty’s credit risk.  Based on these inputs the derivative liability is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

The following summarizes the financial statement classification and amount of interest expense recognized on hedging instruments:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
	Interest expense
Interest Rate Swap	$	-	$	100

The following summarizes the effect of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments in Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge
Interest rate swap loss	$	-	$	700

15. SEGMENT REPORTING

We operate our business in two reportable operating segments: (a) the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment; and (b) the Healthcare and Other Professions segment.  Our reportable operating segments have been determined based on a method by which we now evaluate performance and allocate resources.  Each reportable operating segment represents a group of post-secondary education providers that offer a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs.  These segments are organized by key market segments to enhance operational alignment within each segment to more effectively execute our strategic plan.  Each of the Company’s schools is a reporting unit and an operating segment.  Our operating segments are described below.

Transportation and Skilled Trades – The Transportation and Skilled Trades segment offers academic programs mainly in the career-oriented disciplines of transportation and skilled trades (e.g. automotive, diesel, HVAC, welding and manufacturing).

Healthcare and Other Professions – The Healthcare and Other Professions segment offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of health sciences, hospitality and business and information technology (e.g. dental assistant, medical assistant, practical nursing, culinary arts and cosmetology).

The Company also utilizes the Transitional segment on a limited basis solely when and if it closes a school.

We evaluate segment performance based on operating results.  Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity.

F-30

Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	Revenue										Operating Income (Loss)
	2021		% of Total			2020		% of Total			2021			2020
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	240,531		71.7	%	$	207,434		70.8	%	$	52,055		$	34,458
Healthcare and Other Professions		94,805		28.3	%		85,661		29.2	%		11,845			11,068
Corporate		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%		(14,639	)		(30,745	)
Total	$	335,336		100	%	$	293,095		100	%	$	49,261		$	14,781

	Total Assets
	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	156,531	$	133,078
Healthcare and Other Professions		33,959		32,753
Corporate		104,809		79,359
Total	$	295,299	$	245,190

16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation and Regulatory Matters—In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters.  Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Following a wave of hundreds of class action lawsuits being served upon colleges and universities across the country by students in connection with transitioning from in-person to online classes due to COVID-19, a class action lawsuit, captioned John Gaviria vs. Lincoln Educational Services Corporation, was filed against the Company in New Jersey Federal District Court and served on December 21, 2020.  Like most of the other similar lawsuits across the country, the suit alleges breach of contract, unjust enrichment and conversion.  In lieu of an answer, on January 25, 2021, the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss Plaintiff’s Complaint for Failure to State a Claim. On July 9, 2021, the court granted the Company’s Motion to Dismiss three of the four claims finding that the ruling on the claim for student and technology fees was premature.  In response to the Company’s Motion for Reconsideration as to the remaining claim, the court granted the Company’s Motion to Dismiss the lawsuit in its entirety whereupon the Plaintiff filed an appeal to the Third Circuit Court.  On January 27, 2022, counsel for the Plaintiff contacted the Company’s counsel to request a voluntary dismissal of the case and the Company agreed to and accepted the dismissal with prejudice.

In December 2021, we received a letter from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) stating that the CFPB is assessing whether we are subject to CFPB’s supervisory authority based on our activities related to certain extensions of credit to our students and requesting certain information.  The letter states that the CFPB has the authority to supervise certain entities in the private education loan market and certain other consumer financial products and services. We have provided the requested information to the CFPB and are waiting for the CFPB to respond.

Student Financing Plans—At December 31, 2021, the Company had outstanding net financing commitments to its students to assist them in financing their education of approximately $30.0 million, net of interest.

Executive Employment Agreements—The Company entered into employment contracts with key executives that provide for continued salary payments if the executives are terminated for reasons other than cause, as defined in the agreements. The future employment contract commitments for such employees were approximately $7.9 million at December 31, 2021.

Change in Control Agreements—In the event of a change of control several key executives will receive continued salary payments based on their employment agreements.

Surety Bonds—Each of the Company’s campuses must be authorized by the applicable state education agency in which the campus is located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. The campuses are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. In addition, the Company’s campuses are required to be authorized by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which the campuses recruit students. The Company is required to post surety bonds on behalf of its campuses and education representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization to conduct its business. At December 31, 2021, the Company has posted surety bonds in the total amount of approximately $12.8 million.

F-31

17. COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT

The Company began seeing the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic on its business in early March 2020 and some effects of the pandemic have continued. The spread of COVID-19 has had an unprecedented impact on higher educational institutions across the country, including our schools, and has led to the closure of campuses and the transition of academic programs from in-person instruction to online, remote learning and back.  The impact for the Company has primarily related to transitioning classes from in-person, hands-on learning to online, remote learning which resulted in, among other things, additional expenses.  Further, related to this transition, some students were placed on leave of absence as they could not complete their externships and some students chose not to participate in online learning. As a result, certain programs were extended due to restricted access to externship sites and classroom labs which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  In accordance with phased re-opening as applied on a state-by-state basis, all of our schools have now re-opened and the majority of the students who were on leave of absence or had deferred their programs returned to school to finish their programs.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in 2020 the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law providing a $2 trillion federal economic relief package of financial assistance and other relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the pandemic.  Among other things, the CARES Act includes a $14 billion higher education emergency relief fund (“HEERF”) for the DOE to distribute directly to institutions of higher education. The DOE has allocated funds to each institution of higher education based on a formula contained in the CARES Act. The formula is heavily weighted toward institutions with large numbers of Pell Grant recipients.  The DOE allocated $27.4 million to our schools distributed in two equal installments and required them to be utilized by April 30, 2021 and May 14, 2021, respectively.  As of September 30, 2021, the Company had distributed the full $13.7 million of its first installment as emergency grants to students and has utilized the full $13.7 million of its second installment.  Proceeds from the second installment for permitted expenses were primarily utilized to either offset original expenses incurred or to reduce student accounts receivable driving a decrease in bad debt expense, both uses resulted in a decrease in our selling, general and administrative expenses. Institutions are required to use at least half of the HEERF funds for emergency grants to students for expenses related to disruptions in campus operations (e.g., food, housing, etc.).  The law requires institutions receiving funds to continue to the greatest extent practicable to pay its employees and contractors during the period of any disruptions or closures related to the COVID-19 emergency which the Company has done.  The Company was also permitted to defer payment of FICA payroll taxes through January 1, 2021 and did so but, pursuant to requirements of the deferment, repaid 50% of the deferred payments by January 3, 2022, and will need to repay the remaining 50% by January 3, 2023. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had deferred payments of $2.3 million included in accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In December 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 was enacted which included the Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CRRSAA”).  CRRSAA provided an additional $81.9 billion to the Education Stabilization Fund including $22.7 billion for the HEERF, which were originally created by the CARES Act in March 2020.  The higher education provisions of the CRRSAA are intended in part to provide additional financial assistance benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions in the wake of the spread of COVID-19 across the country and its impact on higher educational institutions.  In March 2021, the $1.9 trillion American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“ARPA”) was signed into law. Among other things, the ARPA provides $40 billion in relief funds that will go directly to colleges and universities with $395.8 million going to for-profit institutions.  The DOE has allocated a total of $24.4 million to our schools from the funds made available under CRRSAA and ARPA.  As of December 31, 2021, the Company has drawn down and distributed to our students $14.8 million of these allocated funds. The remainder of the funds are on hold by the DOE and will be distributed to the students upon release. Failure to comply with requirements for the usage and reporting of these funds could result in requirements to repay some or all of the allocated funds and in other sanctions.

F-32

LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands)

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Expense		Accounts Written-off			Balance at End of Period
Allowance accounts for the year ended:
December 31, 2021
Student receivable allowance	$	28,639	$	26,794	$	(23,512	)	$	31,921
December 31, 2020
Student receivable allowance	$	20,367	$	26,887	$	(18,615	)	$	28,639

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Company

The following is a list of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation’s subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021:

Name	Jurisdiction
Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. (wholly owned)	New Jersey
New England Acquisition LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
Nashville Acquisition, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
Euphoria Acquisition, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
LTI Holdings, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Colorado
LCT Acquisition, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware
NN Acquisition, LLC (wholly owned through Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc.)	Delaware

EX-23

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-248506, and 333-249352 on Form S-3 and 333-132749, 333-173880, 333-188240, and 333-239453 on Form S-8 of our reports dated March 3, 2022, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries’, and the effectiveness Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation, for the year ended December 31, 2021.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 3, 2022

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Scott Shaw, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)          Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)          Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an Annual Report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(e)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 3, 2022

/s/ Scott Shaw

Scott Shaw

Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Brian Meyers, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an Annual Report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 3, 2022

/s/ Brian Meyers

Brian Meyers

Chief Financial Officer

EX-32

EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 as adopted by
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Each of the undersigned, Scott Shaw, Chief Executive Officer of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation (the “Company”), and Brian Meyers, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, has executed this certification in connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 (the “Report”).

Each of the undersigned hereby certifies that, to his respective knowledge:

1.          The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.          The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 3, 2022

/s/ Scott Shaw

Scott Shaw

Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Brian Meyers

Brian Meyers

Chief Financial Officer

Shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors and persons who own 5% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded since such persons may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for any other purpose.

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Mar. 01, 2022	Jun. 30, 2021
Cover [Abstract]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Annual Report	true
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2021
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2021
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Transition Report	false
Entity File Number	000-51371
Entity Registrant Name	LINCOLN EDUCATIONAL SERVICES CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0001286613
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	NJ
Entity Tax Identification Number	57-1150621
Entity Address, Address Line One	14 Sylvan Way, Suite A
Entity Address, City or Town	Parsippany
Entity Address, State or Province	NJ
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	07054
City Area Code	973
Local Phone Number	736-9340
Title of 12(b) Security	Common Stock, no par value per share
Trading Symbol	LINC
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Small Business	true
Entity Emerging Growth Company	false
ICFR Auditor Attestation Flag	true
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Public Float			$ 167,597,289
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		27,449,203
Auditor Firm ID	34
Auditor Name	Deloitte & Touche LLP
Auditor Location	Parsippany, New Jersey

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 83,307	$ 38,026
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $26,837 and $25,174 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively	26,159	30,021
Inventories	2,721	2,394
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	4,881	3,723
Assets held for sale	4,559	0
Total current assets	121,627	74,164
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES - At cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $153,335 and $176,300 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively	23,119	48,388
OTHER ASSETS:
Noncurrent receivables, less allowance of $5,084 and $3,465 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively	20,028	16,463
Deferred income taxes, net	23,708	35,718
Operating lease right-of-use assets	91,487	55,187
Goodwill	14,536	14,536
Other assets, net	794	734
Total other assets	150,553	122,638
TOTAL ASSETS	295,299	245,190
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Current portion of credit agreement	0	2,000
Unearned tuition	25,405	23,453
Accounts payable	12,297	15,676
Accrued expenses	15,669	16,692
Income taxes payable	1,017	491
Current portion of operating lease liabilities	11,479	8,504
Other short-term liabilities	15	26
Total current liabilities	65,882	66,842
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:
Long-term credit agreement	0	15,212
Pension plan liabilities	1,607	4,252
Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities	86,410	52,702
Other long-term liabilities	0	3,133
Total liabilities	153,899	142,141
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common stock, no par value - authorized 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2021 and 2020, issued and outstanding 27,000,687 shares at December 31, 2021 and 26,476,329 shares at December 31, 2020	141,377	141,377
Additional paid-in capital	32,439	30,512
Treasury stock at cost - 5,910,541 shares at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020	(82,860)	(82,860)
Retained earnings	39,702	6,203
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(1,240)	(4,165)
Total stockholders' equity	129,418	91,067
TOTAL LIABILITIES, SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	295,299	245,190
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
Preferred stock, no par value - 10,000,000 shares authorized, Series A convertible preferred shares, 12,700 shares issued and outstanding as of each December 31, 2021 and 2020	$ 11,982	$ 11,982

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
CURRENT ASSETS:
Accounts receivable, allowance	$ 26,837	$ 25,174
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES - accumulated depreciation and amortization	153,335	176,300
OTHER ASSETS:
Noncurrent receivables, allowance	$ 5,084	$ 3,465
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares issued (in shares)	27,000,687	26,476,329
Common stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	27,000,687	26,476,329
Treasury stock, shares (in shares)	5,910,541	5,910,541
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0	$ 0
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued (in shares)	12,700	12,700
Preferred stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	12,700	12,700

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS [Abstract]
REVENUE	$ 335,336	$ 293,095
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Educational services and facilities	138,931	122,196
Selling, general and administrative	168,923	156,199
Gain on sale of assets	(22,479)	(81)
Impairment of long-lived assets	700	0
Total costs and expenses	286,075	278,314
OPERATING INCOME	49,261	14,781
OTHER:
Interest expense	(2,015)	(1,275)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES	47,246	13,506
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES	12,528	(35,059)
NET INCOME	34,718	48,565
PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS	1,219	1,378
INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS	$ 33,499	$ 47,187
Basic
Net income per share (in dollars per share)	$ 1.04	$ 1.49
Diluted
Net income per share (in dollars per share)	$ 1.04	$ 1.49
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic (in shares)	25,080,789	24,748,496
Diluted (in shares)	25,080,789	24,748,496

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME [Abstract]
Net income	$ 34,718	$ 48,565
Other comprehensive income
Derivative qualifying as a cash flow hedge, net of taxes (nil)	878	(703)
Employee pension plan adjustments, net of taxes (746)	2,047	(6)
Comprehensive income	$ 37,643	$ 47,856

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
Other comprehensive income
Derivative qualifying as a cash flow hedge, taxes	$ 0	$ 0
Employee pension plan adjustments, taxes	$ 746	$ 746

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit) [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Total	Preferred Stock [Member] Series A Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2019	$ 141,377	$ 30,145	$ (82,860)	$ (42,058)	$ (3,456)	$ 43,148	$ 11,982
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2019	25,231,710						12,700
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income (loss)	$ 0	0	0	48,565	0	48,565	$ 0
Preferred stock dividend	0	(1,074)	0	(304)	0	(1,378)	0
Employee pension plan adjustments	0	0	0	0	(6)	(6)	0
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge	0	0	0	0	(703)	(703)	0
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock	$ 0	1,686	0	0	0	1,686	$ 0
Restricted stock (in shares)	1,319,734						0
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation	$ 0	(245)	0	0	0	(245)	$ 0
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation (in shares)	(75,115)						0
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2020	$ 141,377	30,512	(82,860)	6,203	(4,165)	91,067	$ 11,982
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2020	26,476,329						12,700
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Net income (loss)	$ 0	0	0	34,718	0	34,718	$ 0
Preferred stock dividend	0	0	0	(1,219)	0	(1,219)	0
Employee pension plan adjustments	0	0	0	0	2,047	2,047	0
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge	0	0	0	0	878	878	0
Stock-based compensation expense
Restricted stock	$ 0	2,889	0	0	0	2,889	$ 0
Restricted stock (in shares)	679,331						0
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation	$ 0	(962)	0	0	0	(962)	$ 0
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation (in shares)	(154,973)						0
BALANCE at Dec. 31, 2021	$ 141,377	$ 32,439	$ (82,860)	$ 39,702	$ (1,240)	$ 129,418	$ 11,982
BALANCE (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2021	27,000,687						12,700

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$ 34,718	$ 48,565
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	7,140	7,400
Amortization of deferred finance fees	136	181
Write-off of deferred finance fees	485	0
Deferred income taxes	12,010	(35,871)
Gain on sale of assets	(22,479)	(81)
Impairment of long-lived assets	700	0
Fixed asset donation	(2,058)	(334)
Provision for doubtful accounts	26,794	26,888
Stock-based compensation expense	2,889	1,686
(Increase) decrease in assets:
Accounts receivable	(26,497)	(37,383)
Inventories	(327)	(786)
Prepaid income taxes and income taxes receivable	0	383
Prepaid expenses and current assets	(1,235)	158
Other assets	(487)	193
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
Accounts payable	(3,677)	856
Accrued expenses	(1,023)	8,823
Unearned tuition	1,952	42
Income taxes payable	526	491
Other liabilities	(2,120)	2,274
Total adjustments	(7,271)	(25,080)
Net cash provided by operating activities	27,447	23,485
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures	(7,531)	(5,580)
Proceeds from insurance settlement	0	97
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	45,379	0
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	37,848	(5,483)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from borrowings	0	11,000
Payments on borrowings	(17,833)	(28,000)
Credit of deferred finance fees	0	3
Net share settlement for equity-based compensation	(962)	(245)
Dividend payment for preferred stock	(1,219)	(1,378)
Net cash used in financing activities	(20,014)	(18,620)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH	45,281	(618)
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH-Beginning of year	38,026	38,644
CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH-End of year	83,307	38,026
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	1,532	1,110
Income taxes	737	179
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Liabilities accrued for or noncash purchases of property and equipment	$ 2,649	$ 975

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Activities—Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  The Company, which currently operates 22 schools in 14 states, offers programs in skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electrical and electronic systems technology, among other programs), automotive technology, healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant and medical administrative assistant, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and information technology.  The schools operate under Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of the campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of the campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. The Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of the campuses are nationally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.

The Company’s business is organized into two reportable business segments: (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, and (b) Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”).

Liquidity—As of December 31, 2021, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $83.3 million.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $38.0 million.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a net cash balance of $20.8 million calculated as cash and cash equivalents, less both the short-term and long-term portions of the Company’s Credit Facility (defined below). The Company believes that its likely sources of cash should be sufficient to fund operations for the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future.

Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid short-term investments, which contain original maturities within three months of purchase.  Pursuant to the DOE’s cash management requirements, the Company retains funds from financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act in segregated cash management accounts.  The segregated accounts do not require a restriction on use of the cash and, as such, these amounts are classified as cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

Accounts Receivable—The Company reports accounts receivable at net realizable value, which is equal to the gross receivable less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts.  Noncurrent accounts receivable represent amounts due from graduates in excess of 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts—Based upon experience and judgment, an allowance is established for uncollectible accounts with respect to tuition receivables. In establishing the allowance for uncollectible accounts, the Company considers, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student’s status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history.

Inventories—Inventories consist mainly of textbooks, computers, tools and supplies. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Equipment and Facilities—Depreciation and Amortization—Property, equipment and facilities are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Upon the retirement, sale or other disposition of assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operating income. For financial statement purposes, depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the lesser of the term of the lease or its estimated useful life.

Advertising Costs—Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and approximated $33.1 million and $31.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill—Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business (reporting unit) over the estimated carrying value, assets net of liabilities. Lincoln tests goodwill for impairment annually, in the forth quarter of each year, unless there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate an impairment may have occurred. Impairment may result from deterioration in performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in laws or regulations, the restriction of activities associated with the acquired business, and/or a variety of other circumstances. If we determine that impairment has occurred, we record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made.

As of December 31, 2021, goodwill was approximately $14.5 million, or 4.9%, of our total assets. The goodwill is allocated among nine reporting units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment.

When Lincoln performs our annual goodwill impairment assessment we first assess a number of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If we conclude based on our qualitative review that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value we proceed with a quantitative impairment test.

Our qualitative assessment is subjective, it includes a review of macroeconomic and industry factors, review of the financial performance of applicable reporting units, and assessment of adverse events that may negatively impact a reporting units carrying value. Adverse events would include, but are not limited to, difficulty in accessing capital, a greater competitive environment, decline in market-dependent multiples or metrics, regulatory or political developments, change in key personnel, strategy, or customers, or litigation.

When we perform the quantitative impairment test we believe the most critical assumptions and estimates in determining the estimated fair value of our reporting units include, but are not limited to, future tuition revenues, operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures and a discount rate. The assumptions used in determining our expected future cash flows consider various factors such as historical operating trends particularly in student enrollment and pricing and long-term operating strategies and initiatives.

If Lincoln determines that quantitative tests are necessary, these tests are performed using projected future operating results and cash flows on a weighted scale, 50% based on Discounted Cash Flows (Income Approach) and 50% on based EBITDA multipliers (Market Approach). Management judgment is necessary in forecasting future cash flows and operating results, critical assumptions include growth rates, changes in operating costs, capital expenditures, and changes in weighted average costs of capital. Additionally, Lincoln obtains independent market metrics for the industry and our peers to assist in the development of these key assumptions. This process is consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans.

Lincoln has completed our 2021 goodwill impairment assessment and determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units exceeded their carrying value. As such, we concluded that goodwill was not impaired.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For other long-lived assets, including right-of-use lease assets, the Company evaluates assets for recoverability when there is an indication of potential impairment. If the undiscounted cash flows from a group of assets being evaluated is less than the carrying value of that group of assets, the fair value of the asset group is determined and the carrying value of the asset group is written down to fair value.

When we perform the quantitative impairment test for long-lived assets, we examine estimated future cash flows using Level 3 inputs. These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying independent market values. If the Company determines that an asset’s carrying value is impaired, it will record a write-down of the carrying value of the asset and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period in which the determination is made.

The Company concluded that for the year ended December 31, 2021 there was an impairment of our property in Suffield, Connecticut of $0.7 million.  The impairment was the result of an assessment of the current market value, obtained via 3rd party engagement, as compared to the current carrying value of the assets.  Lincoln had a carrying value for the Suffield, Connecticut property of approximately $2.9 million.  The fair value estimate provided indicated that the current value of the property was approximately $2.2 million.  As such, the aforementioned $0.7 million impairment was recorded and the assets carrying value reduced. There were no other long-lived asset impairments for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company concluded that for the year ended December 31, 2020 there were no long-lived asset impairments.

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments.  The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company’s cash balances with financial institutions typically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limit of $0.25 million. The Company’s cash balances on deposit at December 31, 2021, exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC by approximately $82.7 million. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on its invested cash.

The Company extends credit for tuition and fees to many of its students. The credit risk with respect to these accounts receivable is mitigated by the students’ participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt of federal funds for those students. In addition, the remaining tuition receivables are primarily comprised of smaller individual amounts due from students.

With respect to student receivables, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk as of each of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates and assumptions, including those used to determine the incremental borrowing rate to calculate lease liabilities and right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, lease term to calculate lease cost, revenue recognition, bad debts, impairments, fixed assets, income taxes, benefit plans and certain accruals.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). This statement requires an asset and a liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses our deferred tax asset to determine whether all or any portion of the asset is more likely than not unrealizable.  A valuation allowance is required to be established or maintained when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, our assessment considers whether there has been sufficient income in recent years and whether sufficient income is expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, the Company considered, among other things, historical levels of income, expected future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, and the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits. Significant judgment is required in determining the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements and/or tax returns.  Differences between anticipated and actual outcomes of these future tax consequences could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.  Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future income levels could materially impact the Company’s valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we did not record any interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions.

Derivative Instruments—The Company records the fair value of derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. The accounting for gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value is dependent on the use of the derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

All qualifying hedging activities are documented at the inception of the hedge and must meet the definition of highly effective in offsetting changes to future cash. The Company utilizes the change in variable cash flows method to evaluate hedge effectiveness quarterly. We record the fair value of the qualifying hedges in other long-term liabilities (for derivative liabilities) and other assets (for derivative assets). All unrealized gains and losses on derivatives that are designated and qualify for hedge accounting are reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and recognized when the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in other comprehensive income.  The Company classifies the cash flows from a cash flow hedge within the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged.

Start-up Costs—Costs related to the start of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” These amendments provide temporary optional guidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The ASU provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. It is intended to help stakeholders during the global market-wide reference rate transition period. In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope” which clarifies that certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 for contract modifications and hedge accounting apply to derivatives that are affected by the discounting transition. The guidance is effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company is implementing a transition plan to identify and modify its loans and other financial instruments with attributes that are either directly or indirectly influenced by LIBOR. The Company is continuing to assess ASU 2020-04 and its impact on the Company’s transition away from LIBOR for its loan and other financial instruments. In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-10, “Codification Improvements”, which makes minor technical corrections and clarifications to the ASU. The amendments in Sections B and C of the ASU are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, for public business entities. This update did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”. This ASU simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. The ASU removes separation models for (1) convertible debt with a cash conversion feature and (2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature and hence most of the instruments will be accounted for as a single model (either debt or equity). The ASU also states that entities must apply the if-converted method to all convertible instruments for calculation of diluted EPS and the treasury stock method is no longer available. An entity can use either a full or modified retrospective approach to adopt the ASU’s guidance. ASU No. 2020-06 is effective for the Company as a smaller reporting company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For convertible instruments that include a down-round feature, entities may early adopt the amendments that apply to the down-round features if they have not yet adopted the amendments in ASU 2017-11. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. ASU 2019-12 also clarifies and amends GAAP for other areas of Topic 740. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective or prospective basis. The Company adopted ASU 2019-12 on January 1, 2021, which did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” and subsequently issued additional guidance that modified ASU 2016-13. The ASU and the subsequent modifications are identified as Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 326. The standard requires an entity to change its accounting approach in determining impairment of certain financial instruments, including trade receivables, from an “incurred loss” to a “current expected credit loss” model. Further, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, ASU No. 2019-05 and ASU 2019-11 to provide additional guidance on the credit losses standard. In November 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842)”.  This ASU defers the effective date of ASU 2016-13 for public companies that are considered smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  Additionally, in February and March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-02, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 and Update to SEC Section on Effective Date Related to Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)” ASU 2020-02 adds a SEC paragraph pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 on loan losses to FASB Codification Topic 326 and also updates the SEC section of the Codification for the change in the effective date of Topic 842. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact that these ASUs will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

XML

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE [Abstract]

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

2. FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

Financial Aid

The Company’s schools and students participate in a variety of government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students in paying for the cost of their education. The largest source of such support is the federal programs of student financial assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, commonly referred to as the Title IV Programs, which are administered by the DOE. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, approximately 75% and 77%, respectively, of net revenues on a cash basis were indirectly derived from funds distributed under Title IV Programs.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company calculated that no individual DOE reporting entity received more than 90% of its revenue, determined on a cash basis pursuant to DOE regulations, from the Title IV Program funds.  The Company’s calculations may be subject to review by the DOE.  Under DOE regulations, a proprietary institution that derives more than 90% of its total revenue from the Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal years becomes immediately ineligible to participate in the Title IV Programs and may not reapply for eligibility until the end of two fiscal years. An institution with revenues exceeding 90% of its total revenue for a single fiscal year, will be placed on provisional certification and may be subject to other enforcement measures.  If one of the Company’s institutions violated the 90/10 Rule and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, the DOE would require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds received by the institution after the effective date of the loss of eligibility.

Regulatory Compliance

All institutions participating in Title IV Programs must satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. The DOE evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each year, based on the institution’s annual audited financial statements, as well as following a change in ownership resulting in a change of control of the institution.

The most significant financial responsibility measurement is the institution’s composite score, which is calculated by the DOE based on three ratios:

• The equity ratio, which measures the institution’s capital resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;

• The primary reserve ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to support current operations from expendable resources; and

• The net income ratio, which measures the institution’s ability to operate at a profit.

The DOE assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0 reflecting financial strength. The DOE then assigns a weighting percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the three ratios together to produce a composite score for the institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible without the need for further oversight.

If an institution’s composite score is below 1.5, but is at least 1.0, it is in a category denominated by the DOE as “the zone.” Under the DOE regulations, institutions that are in the zone typically may be permitted by the DOE to continue to participate in the Title IV Programs by choosing one of two alternatives:  1) the “Zone Alternative” under which an institution is required to make disbursements to students under the Heightened Cash Monitoring 1 (“HCM1”) payment method, or a different payment method other than the advance payment method, and to notify the DOE within 10 days after the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events or 2) submit a letter of credit to the DOE equal to 50 percent of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recent fiscal year.  The DOE permits an institution to participate under the “Zone Alternative” for a period of up to three consecutive fiscal years.  Under the HCM1 payment method, the institution is required to make Title IV Program disbursements to eligible students and parents before it requests or receives funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE.  As long as the student accounts are credited before the funding requests are initiated, an institution is permitted to draw down funds through the DOE’s electronic system for grants management and payments for the amount of disbursements made to eligible students.  Unlike the Heightened Cash Monitoring 2 (“HCM2”) and the reimbursement payment methods, the HCM1 payment method typically does not require schools to submit documentation to the DOE and wait for DOE approval before drawing down Title IV Program funds.  Effective July 1, 2016, a school under HCM1, HCM2 or reimbursement payment methods must also pay any credit balances due to a student before drawing down funds for the amount of those disbursements from the DOE, even if the student or parent provides written authorization for the school to hold the credit balance.

If an institution’s composite score is below 1.0, the institution is considered by the DOE to lack financial responsibility. If the DOE determines that an institution does not satisfy the DOE’s financial responsibility standards, depending on its composite score and other factors, that institution may establish its eligibility to participate in the Title IV Programs on an alternative basis by, among other things:

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of the total Title IV Program funds received by the institution during the institution’s most recently completed fiscal year; or

• Posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of the Title IV Program funds received by the institution during its most recently completed fiscal year accepting provisional certification; complying with additional DOE monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an arrangement other than the DOE’s standard advance funding arrangement.

The DOE has evaluated the financial responsibility of our institutions on a consolidated basis. We submitted to the DOE our audited financial statements for the 2018 fiscal year reflecting a composite score of 1.1 based upon our calculations. The DOE indicated in a January 13, 2020 letter its determination that our institutions are “in the zone” based on our composite score for the 2018 fiscal year and that we are required to operate under the Zone Alternative requirements, including the requirement to make disbursements under the HCM1 payment method and to notify the DOE within 10 days of the occurrence of certain oversight and financial events. We also were required to submit to the DOE bi-weekly cash balance submissions outlining our available cash on hand, monthly actual and projected cash flow statements, and monthly student rosters.

On February 16, 2021, we received a letter from the DOE confirming our composite score of 1.5 for fiscal year 2019 as well as removing the Company from the Zone Alternative requirements. On August 26, 2021, the DOE sent us correspondence stating that our three institutions had performed all of the requirements of the February 16, 2021 letter and notifying us that the DOE had returned our institutions to advance pay on August 19, 2021.

For the 2020 and 2021 fiscal years, we calculated our composite score to be 2.7 and 3.0, respectively. These scores are subject to determination by the DOE based on its review of our consolidated audited financial statements for the 2020 and 2021 fiscal years, but we believe it is likely that the DOE will determine that our institutions comply with the composite score requirement.

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

NET INCOME PER SHARE [Abstract]

NET INCOME PER SHARE

3. NET INCOME PER SHARE

The Company presents basic and diluted income per common share using the two-class method which requires all outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock that contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends and therefore participate in undistributed income with common shareholders to be included in computing income per common share. Under the two-class method, net income is reduced by the amount of dividends declared in the period for each class of common stock and participating security. The remaining undistributed income is then allocated to common stock and participating securities, based on their respective rights to receive dividends. Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends on an if-converted basis and on the same basis as common shares, respectively, and are considered participating securities. The Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock are not included in the computation of basic income per common share in periods in which we have a net loss, as the Series A Preferred Stock and unvested restricted stock are not contractually obligated to share in our net losses. However, the cumulative dividends on preferred stock for the period decreases the income or increases the net loss allocated to common shareholders unless the dividend is paid in the period. Basic income per common share has been computed by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. The basic and diluted net income amounts are the same for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 as a result of the anti-dilutive impact of the potentially dilutive securities.

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the diluted net income per share computations for the periods presented below:

	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share data)	2021			2020
Numerator:
Net income	$	34,718		$	48,565
Less: preferred stock dividend		(1,219	)		(1,378	)
Less: allocation to preferred stockholders		(5,601	)		(8,224	)
Less: allocation to restricted stockholders		(1,796	)		(2,150	)
Net income allocated to common stockholders	$	26,102		$	36,813
Basic net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding		25,080,789			24,748,496
Basic net income per share	$	1.04		$	1.49
Diluted net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average number of:
Common shares outstanding		25,080,789			24,748,496
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding:
Series A Preferred Stocck		-			-
Unvested restricted stock		-			-
Stock options		-			-
Dilutive shares outstanding		25,080,789			24,748,496
Diluted net income per share	$	1.04		$	1.49

The following table summarizes the potential weighted average shares of common stock that were excluded from the determination of our diluted shares outstanding as they were anti-dilutive:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Series A preferred stock		5,381,356		5,381,356
Unvested restricted stock		825,569		632,693
		6,206,925		6,014,049

XML

REVENUE RECOGNITION

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

REVENUE RECOGNITION [Abstract]

REVENUE RECOGNITION

4. REVENUE RECOGNITION

Substantially all of our revenues are considered to be revenues from contracts with students.  The related accounts receivable balances are recorded in our balance sheets as student accounts receivable.  We do not have significant revenue recognized from performance obligations that were satisfied in prior periods, and we do not have any transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations other than in our unearned tuition.  We record revenue for students who withdraw from our schools only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.  Unearned tuition represents contract liabilities primarily related to our tuition revenue. We have elected not to provide disclosure about transaction prices allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations if original contract durations are less than one-year, or if we have the right to consideration from a student in an amount that corresponds directly with the value provided to the student for performance obligations completed to date in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customer”. We have assessed the costs incurred to obtain a contract with a student and determined them to be immaterial.

Unearned tuition in the amount of $25.4 million and $23.5 million is recorded in the current liabilities section of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The change in this contract liability balance during the year ended December 31, 2021 is the result of payments received in advance of satisfying performance obligations, offset by revenue recognized during that period. Revenue recognized for the year ended December 31, 2021 that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year was $22.8 million.

The following table depicts the timing of revenue recognition:

	Year ended December 31, 2021
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	17,393	$	5,686	$	23,079
Services transferred over time		223,138		89,119		312,257
Total revenues	$	240,531	$	94,805	$	335,336

	Year ended December 31, 2020
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	12,519	$	4,718	$	17,237
Services transferred over time		194,915		80,943		275,858
Total revenues	$	207,434	$	85,661	$	293,095

XML

LEASES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

LEASES [Abstract]

LEASES

5. LEASES

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The Company considers any contract where there is an identified asset and that it has the right to control the use of such asset in determining whether the contract contains a lease.  An operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset represents the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are to be recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As all of the Company’s operating leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available on the adoption date in determining the present value of lease payments. We estimate the incremental borrowing rate based on a yield curve analysis, utilizing the interest rate derived from the fair value analysis of our credit facility and adjusting it for factors that appropriately reflect the profile of secured borrowing over the expected term of the lease. The operating lease ROU assets include any lease payments made prior to the rent commencement date and exclude lease incentives. Our leases have remaining lease terms of one year to 20 years. Lease terms may include options to extend the lease term used in determining the lease obligation when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.  Lease expense for lease payments are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term for operating leases.

Our operating lease cost for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $15.8 million and $15.3 million, respectively.  Our variable lease cost for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was zero and $0.6 million, respectively.  The net change in ROU asset and operating lease liability are included in other assets in the consolidated cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company withheld portions of and/or delayed payments to certain of its landlords as the Company sought to renegotiate payment terms, in order to further maintain liquidity given the temporary closures of its facilities. In some instances, the negotiations with landlords have led to agreements for rent abatements or rental deferrals, while. Total payments withheld or deferred as of December 31, 2020 were approximately $0.5 million and were repaid as of December 31, 2021.

In accordance with the FASB’s Staff Q&A regarding rent concessions related to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has elected to account for agreed concessions by landlords that do not result in a substantial increase in the rights of the landlord or the obligations of the Company, as lessee, as though enforceable rights and obligations for those concessions existed in the original lease agreements and the Company has elected not to re-measure the related lease liabilities and right-of-use assets associated with rent concessions due to COVID-19. For qualifying rent abatement concessions, the Company has recorded negative lease expense for the amount of the concession during the period of relief, and for qualifying deferrals of rental payments, the Company has recognized a payable in lieu of recognizing a decrease in cash for the lease payment that would have been made based on the original terms of the lease agreement, which will be reduced when the deferred payment is made in the future. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $0.6 million of negative lease expense related to rent abatement concessions.

Supplemental cash flow information and non-cash activity related to our operating leases are as follows:

	December 31,
	2021		2020
Operating cash flow information:
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities	$	15,404	$	15,390
Non-cash activity:
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets	$	45,456	$	14,890

As of December 31, 2021, there were 2 new leases and 9 lease modifications that resulted in noncash re-measurements of the related ROU asset and operating lease liability of $45.5 million. Approximately $40 million of this related to the sale leaseback transaction discussed in Note 7 with the remaining amount related to lease re-measurements.

Weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate for our operating leases is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Weighted-average remaining lease term	11.47 years			6.11 years
Weighted-average discount rate		7.67	%		11.33	%

Maturities of lease liabilities by fiscal year for our operating leases as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2022	$	18,353
2023		17,408
2024		15,047
2025		13,074
2026		10,600
Thereafter		64,031
Total lease payments		138,513
Less: imputed interest		(40,624	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	97,889

XML

GOODWILL

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

GOODWILL [Abstract]

GOODWILL

6. GOODWILL

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

	Gross Goodwill Balance		Accumulated Impairment Losses		Net Goodwill Balance
Balance as of January 1, 2020	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2020		117,176		102,640		14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2021	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536

As of each of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the goodwill balance of $14.5 million is related to the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment.

XML

PROPERTY SALE AGREEMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

PROPERTY SALE AGREEMENTS [Abstract]

PROPERTY SALE AGREEMENTS

7. PROPERTY SALE AGREEMENTS

Property Sale Agreement - Nashville, Tennessee Campus

On September 24, 2021, Nashville Acquisition, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company (“Nashville Acquisition”), entered into a Contract for the Purchase of Real Estate (the “Nashville Contract”) to sell the property located at 524 Gallatin Road, Nashville, Tennessee, at which the Company operates its Nashville campus, to SLC Development, LLC, a subsidiary of Southern Land Company (“SLC”), for an aggregate sale price of $34.5 million, subject to customary adjustments at closing. The Company intends to relocate its Nashville campus to a more efficient and technologically advanced facility in the Nashville metropolitan area but has not yet determined a location. The closing of the sale transaction is expected to occur in the first half of 2022 subject to various closing conditions which must be satisfied or waived including the satisfactory completion by the buyer of its due diligence review. During the due diligence period, SLC has the right to terminate the Nashville Contract for any reason at its discretion; therefore, there can be no assurance that the sale will be consummated on a timely basis or at all. Upon closing, Nashville Acquisition would be permitted to occupy the property and continue to operate the Nashville campus on a rent-free basis for a lease-back period of 12 months, and, thereafter, will have the option to extend the lease-back period for one 90-day term and three additional 30-day terms pursuant to a lease agreement currently being negotiated by the parties.   The Nashville property is included in assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021.

Sale-Leaseback Transaction - Denver, Colorado and Grand Prairie, Texas Campuses

On September 24, 2021, Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. and LTI Holdings, LLC, each a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (collectively, “Lincoln”), entered into an Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Property for the sale of the properties located at 11194 E. 45th Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80239 and 2915 Alouette Drive, Grand Prairie, Texas 75052, at which the Company operates its Denver and Grand Prairie campuses, respectively, to LNT Denver (Multi) LLC, a subsidiary of LCN Capital Partners (“LNT”), for an aggregate sale price of $46.5 million, subject to customary adjustments at closing. Closing of the sale occurred on October 29, 2021.  Concurrently with consummation of the sale, the parties entered into a triple-net lease agreement for each of the properties pursuant to which the properties are being leased back to Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. for a twenty-year term at an initial annual base rent, payable quarterly in advance of approximately $2.6 million for the first year with annual 2.00% increases thereafter and includes four subsequent five-year renewal options in which the base rent is reset at the commencement of each renewal term at then current fair market rent for the first year of each renewal term with annual 2.00% increases thereafter in each such renewal term. The lease, in each case, provides Lincoln with a right of first offer should LNT wish to sell the property. The Company has provided a guaranty of the financial and other obligations of Lincoln Technical Institute, Inc. under each lease. The Company evaluated factors in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue Recognition, to conclude that the transaction qualified as a sale. This included analyzing the right of first offer clause to determine whether it represents a repurchase agreement that would preclude the transaction from being accounted for as a successful sale. The Company recognized a gain on sale of assets of $22.5 million. Additionally, the Company evaluated factors in ASC Topic 842, Leases, and concluded that the newly created leases met the definition an operating lease. The Company recorded Right of Use (“ROU”) Asset and lease liabilities of $40.1 million. The sale lease-back transaction provided the Company with net proceeds of approximately $45.4 million with the proceeds partially used for the repayment of the Company’s outstanding term loan of $16.2 million and swap termination fee of $0.5 million.

XML

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES [Abstract]

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

8. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES

Property, equipment and facilities consist of the following:

	Useful life (years)		At December 31,
			2021			2020
Land		-	$	645		$	6,969
Buildings and improvements		1-25		88,060			134,526
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		1-7		85,441			82,133
Vehicles		3		751			733
Construction in progress		-		1,557			327
				176,454			224,688
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization				(153,335	)		(176,300	)
			$	23,119		$	48,388

The decrease in property, equipment and facilities is mainly due to the sale lease-back transaction and the Nashville property included in assets held for sale as of December 31, 2021 as discussed in Note 7. Depreciation and amortization expense of property, equipment and facilities was $7.1 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

ACCRUED EXPENSES [Abstract]

ACCRUED EXPENSES

9. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2021		2020
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	11,662	$	12,476
Accrued real estate taxes		1,732		2,614
Other accrued expenses		2,275		1,602
	$	15,669	$	16,692

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

LONG-TERM DEBT [Abstract]

LONG-TERM DEBT

10. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	At December 31,
	2021		2020
Credit agreement	$	-	$	17,833
Deferred financing fees		-		(621	)
		-		17,212
Less current maturities		-		(2,000	)
	$	-	$	15,212

Credit Facility

On November 14, 2019, the Company entered into a senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with its lender, Sterling National Bank (the “Lender”), providing for borrowing in the aggregate principal amount of up to $60 million (the “Credit Facility”). Initially, the Credit Facility was comprised of four facilities: (1) a $20 million senior secured term loan maturing on December 1, 2024 (the “Term Loan”), with monthly interest and principal payments based on 120-month amortization with the outstanding balance due on the maturity date; (2) a $10 million senior secured delayed draw term loan maturing on December 1, 2024 (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan”), with monthly interest payments for the first 18 months and thereafter monthly payments of interest and principal based on 120-month amortization and all balances due on the maturity date; (3) a $15 million senior secured committed revolving line of credit providing a sublimit of up to $10 million for standby letters of credit maturing on November 13, 2022 (the “Revolving Loan”), with monthly payments of interest only; and (4) a $15 million senior secured non-restoring line of credit maturing on January 31, 2021 (the “Line of Credit Loan”).

At the closing of the Credit Facility, the Company entered into a swap transaction with the Lender for 100% of the principal balance of the Term Loan maturing on the same date as the Term Loan.  Under the terms of the Credit Facility accrued interest on each loan under the Credit Facility is payable monthly in arrears with the Term Loan and the Delayed Draw Term Loan bearing interest at a floating interest rate based on the then one month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.50% and subject to a LIBOR interest rate floor of 0.25% if there is no swap agreement. Revolving Loans bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the then LIBOR plus an indicative spread determined by the Company’s leverage as defined in the Credit Agreement or, if the borrowing of a Revolving Loan is to be repaid within 30 days of such borrowing, the Revolving Loan will accrue interest at the Lender’s prime rate plus 0.50% with a floor of 4.0%.  Line of Credit Loans will bear interest at a floating interest rate based on the Lender’s prime rate of interest.  Letters of credit issued under the Revolving Loan reduce, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the availability of borrowings under the Revolving Loan. Letters of credit are charged an annual fee equal to (i) an applicable margin determined by the leverage ratio of the Company less (ii) 0.25%, paid quarterly in arrears, in addition to the Lender’s customary fees for issuance, amendment and other standard fees.  Borrowings under the Line of Credit Loan are secured by cash collateral. The Lender receives an unused facility fee of 0.50% per annum payable quarterly in arrears on the unused portions of the Revolving Loan and the Line of Credit Loan.

In addition to the foregoing, the Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative covenants (including financial covenants that (i) restrict capital expenditures, (ii) restrict leverage, (iii) require maintaining minimum tangible net worth, (iv) require maintaining a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and (v) require the maintenance of a minimum of $5 million in quarterly average aggregate balances on deposit with the Lender, which, if not maintained, will result in the assessment of a quarterly fee of $12,500), as well as events of default customary for facilities of this type. As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.  The Credit Agreement also limited the payment of cash dividends during the first twenty-four months of the agreement to $1.7 million but an amendment to the Credit Agreement entered into on November 10, 2020 raised the cash dividend limit to $2.3 million in such twenty-four-month period to increase the amount of permitted cash dividends that the Company can pay on its Series A Preferred Stock.

Until recently, as further discussed below, the Credit Facility was secured by a first priority lien in favor of the Lender on substantially all of the personal property owned by the Company, as well as a pledge of the stock and other equity in the Company’s subsidiaries and mortgages on parcels of real property owned by the Company in Colorado, Tennessee and Texas, at which three of the Company’s schools are located, as well as a former school property owned by the Company located in Connecticut.

On September 23, 2021, in connection with entry into the agreements relating to the sale leaseback transaction for the Company’s Denver, Grand Prairie and Nashville campuses (collectively, the “Property Transactions”), the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a Consent and Waiver Letter Agreement (the “Consent Agreement”) to the Company’s Credit Agreement. The Consent Agreement provides the Lender’s consent to the Property Transactions and waives certain covenants in the Credit Agreement, subject to certain conditions specified therein. In addition, in connection with the consummation of the Property Transactions, the Lender released its mortgages and other liens on the subject-properties upon the Company’s payment in full of the outstanding principal and accrued interest of the Term Loan and any swap obligations arising from any swap transaction. No further borrowings may be made under the Term Loan or the Delayed Draw Term Loan. Upon the consummation of the sale leaseback transaction relating to the Denver and Grand Prairie campuses on October 29, 2021 the Company paid the Lender approximately $16.7 million in repayment of the Term Loan and the swap termination fee.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had zero and $17.8 million, respectively, outstanding under the Credit Facility offset by zero and $0.6 million of deferred finance fees, respectively.  As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, letters of credit in the aggregate outstanding principal amount of $4.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively, were outstanding under the Credit Facility.

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

11. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our Board of Directors and have the right to one vote per share on all matters requiring shareholder approval. The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since the Company’s Board of Directors discontinued our quarterly cash dividend program in February 2015.  The Company has no current intentions to resume the payment of cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Preferred Stock

On November 14, 2019, the Company raised gross proceeds of $12.7 million from the sale of 12,700 shares of its newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).  The Series A Preferred Stock was designated by the Company’s Board of Directors pursuant to a certificate of amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “Charter Amendment”). The liquidation preference associated with the Series A Preferred Stock was $1,000 per share at December 31, 2021.  Upon issuance each share of Series A Preferred Stock was convertible at $2.36 per share of common stock (as may be adjusted pursuant to the Charter Amendment, the “Conversion Price”) into 423,729 shares of common stock (the number of shares into which the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible at any time, the “Conversion Shares”).  The Company incurred issuance costs of $0.7 million as part of this transaction.

The description below provides a summary of certain material terms of the Series A Preferred Stock:

Securities Purchase Agreement.

The Series A Preferred Stock was sold by the Company pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of November 14, 2019 (the “SPA”) among the Company, Juniper Targeted Opportunity Fund, L.P. and Juniper Targeted Opportunities, L.P. (together, “Juniper Purchasers”) and Talanta Investment, Inc. (“Talanta,” together with Juniper Purchasers, the “Investors”). Among other things, the SPA includes covenants relating to the appointment of a director to the Company’s Board of Directors to be selected solely by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.

Dividends. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock (“Series A Dividends”), at the initial annual rate of 9.6% is to be paid, in arrears, from the date of issuance quarterly on each December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30 with September 30, 2020 being the first dividend payment date.  The Company, at its option, may pay dividends either (a) in cash or (b) by increasing the number of Conversion Shares by the dollar amount of the dividend divided by the Conversion Price.  The dividend rate is subject to increase (a) 2.4% per annum on the fifth anniversary of the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock (b) by 2% per annum but in no event above 14% per annum should the Company fail to perform certain obligations under the Charter Amendment.  The Series A Preferred Stock is not currently redeemable and may not become redeemable in the future. As a result, the Company is not required to re-measure the Series A Preferred Stock and does not accrete changes in the redemption value.  As of December 31, 2021, we have paid $1.2 million cash dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock rather than increasing the number of Conversion Shares.  Dividends are included in the consolidated balance sheets within additional paid-in-capital when the Company maintains an accumulated deficit.

Series A Preferred Stock Holders Right to Convert into Common Stock.  Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, at any time, is convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to (i) the sum of (A) $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the Charter Amendment) plus (B) the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash divided by (ii) the Conversion Price ($2.36 per share subject to anti-dilution adjustments) as of the applicable Conversion Date (as defined in the Charter Amendment). At all times, however, the number of Conversion Shares that can be issued to any Series A Preferred Stock Holder may not result in such holder and its affiliates owning more than 19.99% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion (the “Hard Cap”), unless prior shareholder approval is obtained or no longer required by the rules of the principal stock exchange on which the Company’s common stock trade.

Mandatory Conversion. If, at any time following November 14, 2022 the volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds 2.25 times the Conversion Price (currently $5.31 per share) for a period of 20 consecutive trading days and on each such trading day at least 20,000 shares of common stock was traded, the Company may, at its option and subject to the Hard Cap, require that any or all of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock be automatically converted into Conversion Shares.

Redemption. Beginning November 14, 2024, the Company may redeem all or any of the Series A Preferred Stock for a cash price equal to the greater of (“Liquidation Preference”) (i) the sum of $1,000 (subject to adjustment as provided in the Charter Amendment) plus the dollar amount of any declared Series A Dividends not paid in cash and (ii) the value of the Conversion Shares were such Series A Preferred Stock converted (as determined in the Charter Amendment) without regard to the Hard Cap.

Change of Control.  In the event of certain changes of control, some of which are not in the Company’s control, as defined in the Charter Amendment as a “Fundamental Change” or a “Liquidation” (as defined in the Charter Amendment), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the Liquidation Preference, unless such Fundamental Change is a stock merger in which certain value and volume requirements are met, in which case the Series A Preferred Stock will be converted into common stock in connection with such stock merger.  The Company has classified the Series A Preferred Stock as mezzanine equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheet based upon the terms of a change of control which could be outside the Company’s control.

Voting. Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to vote with the holders of shares of common stock and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company, on an as-converted basis, in all cases subject to the Hard Cap.  In addition, a majority of the voting power of the Series A Preferred Stock must approve certain significant actions of the Company, including (i) declaring a dividend or otherwise redeeming or repurchasing any shares of common stock and other junior securities, if any, subject to certain exceptions, (ii) incurring indebtedness, except for certain permitted indebtedness and (iii) creating a subsidiary other than a wholly-owned subsidiary.

Additional Provisions.  The Series A Preferred Stock is perpetual and therefore does not have a maturity date.  The conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to anti-dilution protections if the Company affects a stock split, stock dividend, subdivision, reclassification or combination of its common stock and certain other economically dilutive events.

Registration Rights Agreement. The Company also is a party to a Registration Rights Agreement (“RRA”) with the investors of the Series A Preferred Stock.  The RRA provides for unlimited demand registration rights, of which there can be two underwritten offerings each for at least $5 million in gross proceeds, and piggyback registration rights, with respect to the Conversion Shares. In addition, the RRA obligated the Company to register “for the shelf” the resale of the Conversion Shares through the filing of a registration statement to such effect (the “Resale Shelf Registration Statement”) and have such Resale Shelf Registration Statement declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  The SEC declared the Resale Shelf Registration Statement effective on October 16, 2020.

Restricted Stock

The Company currently has three stock incentive plans: a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”), a Non-Employee Directors Restricted Stock Plan (the “Non-Employee Directors Plan”) and the Lincoln Educational Services Corporation 2020 Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2020 Plan”).

2020 Plan

On March 26, 2020, the Board adopted the 2020 Plan to provide an incentive to certain directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company to align their interests in the Company’s success with those of its shareholders through the grant of equity-based awards. On June 16, 2020, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2020 Plan.  The 2020 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other qualified committee appointed by the Board, who will, among other duties, have full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under the 2020 Plan. Pursuant to the 2020 Plan, the Company may grant options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options.  The Plan has a duration of 10 years.

Subject to adjustment as described in the 2020 Plan, the aggregate number of common shares available for issuance under the 2020 Plan is 2,000,000 shares.

LTIP

Under the LTIP, certain employees have received awards of restricted shares of common stock based on service and performance.  The number of shares granted to each employee is based on the amount of the award and the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The 2020 Plan makes it clear that there will be no new grants under the LTIP effective as of the date of shareholder approval, June 16, 2020.  The 2020 Plan also states that the shares available under the 2020 Plan will be two million shares plus the number of shares remaining available under the LTIP.  As no shares remain available under the LTIP there can be no additional grants under the LTIP. Grants under the LTIP remain in effect according to their terms.  Therefore, those grants are subject to the particular award agreement relating thereto and to the LTIP to the extent that the prior plan provides rules relating to those grants.  The LTIP remains in effect only to that extent.

Non-Employee Directors Plan

Pursuant to the Non-Employee Directors Plan, each non-employee director of the Company receives an annual award of restricted shares of common stock on the date of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders.  The number of shares granted to each non-employee director is based on the fair market value of a share of common stock on that date.  The restricted shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date.  There is no restriction on the right to vote or the right to receive dividends with respect to any of such restricted shares.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company completed a net share settlement for 154,973 and 75,115 restricted shares, respectively, on behalf of certain employees that participate in the LTIP upon the vesting of the restricted shares pursuant to the terms of the LTIP.  The net share settlement was in connection with income taxes incurred on restricted shares that vested and were transferred to the employees during 2021 and/or 2020, creating taxable income for the employees.  At the employees’ request, the Company will pay these taxes on behalf of the employees in exchange for the employees returning an equivalent value of restricted shares to the Company.  These transactions resulted in a decrease of $1.0 million and less than $0.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, to equity on the consolidated balance sheets as the cash payment of the taxes effectively was a repurchase of the restricted shares granted in previous years.

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to restricted stock:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2019		595,426		$	3.15
Granted		1,319,734			2.68
Cancelled		-			-
Vested		(343,001	)		3.40
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2020		1,572,159			2.77
Granted		679,331			5.99
Cancelled		-			-
Vested		(507,644	)		3.30
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2021		1,743,846			3.89

The restricted stock expense for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $2.9 million and $1.7 million, respectively.  The unrecognized restricted stock expense as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $4.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively.  As of December 31, 2021, outstanding restricted shares under the LTIP had aggregate intrinsic value of $13.0 million.

Stock Options

The fair value of the stock options used to compute stock-based compensation is the estimated present value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to stock options:

	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding January 1, 2019		139,000		$	12.14	2.53 years	$	-
Cancelled		(23,000	)		20.15			-
Outstanding December 31, 2019		116,000			10.56	1.83 years		-
Cancelled		(35,000	)		16.95			-
Outstanding December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding December 31, 2021		81,000			7.79	0.17 years		-
Vested as of December 31, 2021		81,000			7.79	0.17 years		-
Exercisable as of December 31, 2021		81,000			7.79	0.17 years		-

As of December 31, 2021, there was no unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense.

XML

PENSION PLAN

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

PENSION PLAN [Abstract]

PENSION PLAN

12. PENSION PLAN

The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of the Company’s union employees. Benefits are provided based on employees’ years of service and earnings. This plan was frozen on December 31, 1994 for non-union employees.

The following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS:
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$	24,358		$	22,832
Service cost		37			35
Interest cost		492			654
Actuarial (gain) loss		(989	)		2,115
Benefits paid		(1,341	)		(1,278	)
Benefit obligation at end of year		22,557			24,358
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year		20,106			18,817
Actual return on plan assets		2,185			2,567
Benefits paid		(1,341	)		(1,278	)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year		20,950			20,106
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	$	(1,607	)	$	(4,252	)

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the actuarial gain of $1.0 million was due to the increase in the discount rate from 2.08% to 2.50%.

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

	At December 31,
	2021			2020
Noncurrent liabilities	$	(1,607	)	$	(4,252	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Accumulated loss	$	(2,862	)	$	(5,655	)
Deferred income taxes		1,621			2,367
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(1,241	)	$	(3,288	)

The accumulated benefit obligation was $22.6 million and $24.4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The following table provides the components of net periodic cost for the plan:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST
Service cost	$	37		$	35
Interest cost		492			654
Expected return on plan assets		(1,021	)		(1,044	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		640			585
Net periodic benefit cost	$	148		$	230

The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next year is $0.5 million.

The following tables present plan assets using the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.  The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of inputs used to determine fair value.  Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.  Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets but observable by market data, while Level 3 includes the fair values estimated using significant non-observable inputs.  The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,322	$	-	$	-	$	6,322
Fixed income		7,811		-		-		7,811
International equities		5,180		-		-		5,180
Real estate		900		-		-		900
Cash and equivalents		737		-		-		737
Balance at December 31, 2021	$	20,950	$	-	$	-	$	20,950

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,688	$	-	$	-	$	6,688
Fixed income		6,739		-		-		6,739
International equities		4,480		-		-		4,480
Real estate		1,016		-		-		1,016
Cash and equivalents		1,183		-		-		1,183
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	20,106	$	-	$	-	$	20,106

Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category as of December 31:

	2021			2020
Equity securities		30	%		33	%
Fixed income		37	%		34	%
International equities		25	%		22	%
Real estate		4	%		5	%
Cash and equivalents		4	%		6	%
Total		100	%		100	%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

	2021			2020
Discount rate		2.50	%		2.08	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.50	%		2.75	%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for years ended December 31:

	2021			2020
Discount rate		2.50	%		2.08	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.50	%		2.75	%
Long-term rate of return		6.00	%		5.25	%

As this plan was frozen to non-union employees on December 31, 1994, the difference between the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation is not significant in any year.

The Company invests plan assets based on a total return on investment approach, pursuant to which the plan assets include a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments toward a goal of maximizing the long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company determines the level of risk based on an analysis of plan liabilities, the extent to which the value of the plan assets satisfies the plan liabilities and the plan’s financial condition. The investment policy includes target allocations ranging from 30% to 70% for equity investments, 20% to 60% for fixed income investments and 0% to 10% for cash equivalents. The equity portion of the plan assets represents growth and value stocks of small, medium and large companies. The Company measures and monitors the investment risk of the plan assets both on a quarterly basis and annually when the Company assesses plan liabilities.

The Company uses a building block approach to estimate the long-term rate of return on plan assets. This approach is based on the capital markets assumption that the greater the volatility, the greater the return over the long term. An analysis of the historical performance of equity and fixed income investments, together with current market factors such as the inflation and interest rates, are used to help make the assumptions necessary to estimate a long-term rate of return on plan assets. Once this estimate is made, the Company reviews the portfolio of plan assets and makes adjustments thereto that the Company believes are necessary to reflect a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments that is capable of achieving the estimated long-term rate of return without assuming an unreasonable level of investment risk. The Company also compares the portfolio of plan assets to those of other pension plans to help assess the suitability and appropriateness of the plan’s investments.

The Company does not expect to make contributions to the plan in 2022.  However, after considering the funded status of the plan, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make additional contributions to the plan in any given year.

The total amount of the Company’s contributions paid under its pension plan was zero for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Information about the expected benefit payments for the plan is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2022	$	1,358
2023		1,384
2024		1,400
2025		1,389
2026		1,390
Years 2027-2031		6,668

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan for all eligible employees. Employees may contribute up to 25% of their compensation into the plan. The Company may contribute up to an additional 30% of the employee’s contributed amount up to 6% of compensation.  For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company’s expense for the 401(k) plan amounted to $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

13. INCOME TAXES

Components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Current:
Federal	$	665	$	-
State		535		802
Total		1,200		802
Deferred:
Federal		8,468		(21,743	)
State		2,860		(14,118	)
Total		11,328		(35,861	)
Total provision (benefit)	$	12,528	$	(35,059	)

Effective Tax rate

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate to the U.S. Statutory Federal Income tax rate was:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021					2020
Income before taxes	$	47,246				$	13,506
Expected tax	$	9,922		21.0	%	$	2,836		21.0	%
State tax benefit (net of federal)		2,682		5.7	%		(10,513	)	-77.8	%
Valuation allowance		-		0.0	%		(27,420	)	-203.0	%
Other		(76	)	-0.2	%		38		0.2	%
Total	$	12,528		26.5	%	$	(35,059	)	-259.6	%

Our income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $12.5 million compared to an income tax benefit of $35.1 million in the prior year.  The tax benefit primarily related to a full release of our valuation allowance on deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020.

Deferred Taxes and Valuation Allowance

The components of the non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities) were as follows:

	At December 31,
	2021			2020
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)
Lease liability	$	26,142		$	16,369
Depreciation		10,551			11,298
Allowance for bad debts		8,525			7,659
Net operating loss carryforwards		2,394			13,480
Stock-based compensation		641			317
Accrued benefits		656			1,208
Pension plan liabilities		429			1,137
Other intangibles		70			100
Goodwill		(1,267	)		(1,091	)
Right-of-use asset		(24,433	)		(14,759	)
Noncurrent deferred tax assets, net		23,708			35,718

As of December 31, 2021, the Company has gross net operating losses (“NOL”) of $1.2 million and $37.6 million for federal and state tax purposes as of December 31, 2021 compared million for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. The federal NOLs can be carryforward indefinitely. While some states follow federal NOL which can be carried forward indefinitely, majority of the state NOLs expires in 2033 and ending in 2037 if not utilized.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company has gross NOL of $43.1 million and $77.2 million for federal and state tax purposes, respectively. The federal NOL of $29.1 million will expire in 2029 and ending in 2038. Remaining federal NOL of $14 million can be carryforward indefinitely. While some states follow federal NOL which can be carried forward indefinitely, majority of the state NOLs expires in 2033 and ending in 2037 if not utilized. 

The Utilization of the NOL carryforwards may be subject to a substantial limitation due to ownership change limitations that may occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as well as similar state and foreign provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain shareholders or public groups.

XML

FAIR VALUE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

FAIR VALUE [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE

14. FAIR VALUE

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instrument assets and liabilities, which are not measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are listed in the table below:

	December 31, 2021
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	83,307	$	83,307	$	-	$	-	$	83,307
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,881		-		4,881		-		4,881
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	15,669	$	-	$	15,669	$	-	$	15,669
Other short term liabilities		15		-		15		-		15

	December 31, 2020
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	38,026	$	38,026	$	-	$	-	$	38,026
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		3,723		-		3,723		-		3,723
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692
Other short term liabilities		26		-		26		-		26
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		703		-		703		-		703
Credit facility		17,212		-		15,487		-		15,487

As of December 31, 2020, we estimated the fair value of the Credit Facility based on a present value analysis utilizing aggregate market yields obtained from independent pricing sources for similar financial instruments.

The carrying amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for Cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value because they are highly liquid.

The carrying amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for Prepaid expenses and Other current assets, Accrued expenses and Other short term liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these items.

Qualifying Hedge Derivative

On November 14, 2019, the Company entered into an interest rate swap for the Term Loan with a notional amount of $20 million which was due to expire on December 1, 2024. On October 29, 2021 the Term Loan was repaid and the interest rate swap was paid in full.

The loan had a 10-year straight line amortization.  A principal amount of $0.2 million was paid monthly.  This interest rate swap converted the floating interest rate Term Loan to a fixed rate, plus a borrowing spread.  The interest rate was variable based on LIBOR plus 3.50% and the Company’s fixed rate is 5.36%. The Company designated this interest rate swap as a cash flow hedge to hedge exposure resulting from the interest rate risk. The purpose of the hedge was to reduce the variability of the interest rate based on LIBOR.  The Company managed this exposure within specified guidelines through the use of derivatives. All of our derivative instruments are utilized for risk management purposes, and the Company does not use derivatives for speculative trading purposes.

The following summarizes the fair value of the outstanding derivative:

	December 31, 2021				December 31, 2020
	Liability				Liability(1)
	Notional		Fair Value		Notional		Fair Value
Derivative derived as a hedging instrument:
Interest Rate Swap	$	-	$	-	$	17,800	$	700

(1) The Company’s derivative liability is measured at fair value using observable market inputs such as interest rates and our own credit risk as well as an evaluation of our counterparty’s credit risk.  Based on these inputs the derivative liability is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

The following summarizes the financial statement classification and amount of interest expense recognized on hedging instruments:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
	Interest expense
Interest Rate Swap	$	-	$	100

The following summarizes the effect of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments in Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge
Interest rate swap loss	$	-	$	700

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]

SEGMENT REPORTING

15. SEGMENT REPORTING

We operate our business in two reportable operating segments: (a) the Transportation and Skilled Trades segment; and (b) the Healthcare and Other Professions segment.  Our reportable operating segments have been determined based on a method by which we now evaluate performance and allocate resources.  Each reportable operating segment represents a group of post-secondary education providers that offer a variety of degree and non-degree academic programs.  These segments are organized by key market segments to enhance operational alignment within each segment to more effectively execute our strategic plan.  Each of the Company’s schools is a reporting unit and an operating segment.  Our operating segments are described below.

Transportation and Skilled Trades – The Transportation and Skilled Trades segment offers academic programs mainly in the career-oriented disciplines of transportation and skilled trades (e.g. automotive, diesel, HVAC, welding and manufacturing).

Healthcare and Other Professions – The Healthcare and Other Professions segment offers academic programs in the career-oriented disciplines of health sciences, hospitality and business and information technology (e.g. dental assistant, medical assistant, practical nursing, culinary arts and cosmetology).

The Company also utilizes the Transitional segment on a limited basis solely when and if it closes a school.

We evaluate segment performance based on operating results.  Adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results are included under the caption “Corporate,” which primarily includes unallocated corporate activity.

Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	Revenue										Operating Income (Loss)
	2021		% of Total			2020		% of Total			2021			2020
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	240,531		71.7	%	$	207,434		70.8	%	$	52,055		$	34,458
Healthcare and Other Professions		94,805		28.3	%		85,661		29.2	%		11,845			11,068
Corporate		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%		(14,639	)		(30,745	)
Total	$	335,336		100	%	$	293,095		100	%	$	49,261		$	14,781

	Total Assets
	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	156,531	$	133,078
Healthcare and Other Professions		33,959		32,753
Corporate		104,809		79,359
Total	$	295,299	$	245,190

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation and Regulatory Matters—In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are subject to periodic lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and routine employment matters.  Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Following a wave of hundreds of class action lawsuits being served upon colleges and universities across the country by students in connection with transitioning from in-person to online classes due to COVID-19, a class action lawsuit, captioned John Gaviria vs. Lincoln Educational Services Corporation, was filed against the Company in New Jersey Federal District Court and served on December 21, 2020.  Like most of the other similar lawsuits across the country, the suit alleges breach of contract, unjust enrichment and conversion.  In lieu of an answer, on January 25, 2021, the Company filed a Motion to Dismiss Plaintiff’s Complaint for Failure to State a Claim. On July 9, 2021, the court granted the Company’s Motion to Dismiss three of the four claims finding that the ruling on the claim for student and technology fees was premature.  In response to the Company’s Motion for Reconsideration as to the remaining claim, the court granted the Company’s Motion to Dismiss the lawsuit in its entirety whereupon the Plaintiff filed an appeal to the Third Circuit Court.  On January 27, 2022, counsel for the Plaintiff contacted the Company’s counsel to request a voluntary dismissal of the case and the Company agreed to and accepted the dismissal with prejudice.

In December 2021, we received a letter from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) stating that the CFPB is assessing whether we are subject to CFPB’s supervisory authority based on our activities related to certain extensions of credit to our students and requesting certain information.  The letter states that the CFPB has the authority to supervise certain entities in the private education loan market and certain other consumer financial products and services. We have provided the requested information to the CFPB and are waiting for the CFPB to respond.

Student Financing Plans—At December 31, 2021, the Company had outstanding net financing commitments to its students to assist them in financing their education of approximately $30.0 million, net of interest.

Executive Employment Agreements—The Company entered into employment contracts with key executives that provide for continued salary payments if the executives are terminated for reasons other than cause, as defined in the agreements. The future employment contract commitments for such employees were approximately $7.9 million at December 31, 2021.

Change in Control Agreements—In the event of a change of control several key executives will receive continued salary payments based on their employment agreements.

Surety Bonds—Each of the Company’s campuses must be authorized by the applicable state education agency in which the campus is located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. The campuses are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. In addition, the Company’s campuses are required to be authorized by the applicable state education agencies of certain other states in which the campuses recruit students. The Company is required to post surety bonds on behalf of its campuses and education representatives with multiple states to maintain authorization to conduct its business. At December 31, 2021, the Company has posted surety bonds in the total amount of approximately $12.8 million.

XML

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT [Abstract]

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT

17. COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT

The Company began seeing the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic on its business in early March 2020 and some effects of the pandemic have continued. The spread of COVID-19 has had an unprecedented impact on higher educational institutions across the country, including our schools, and has led to the closure of campuses and the transition of academic programs from in-person instruction to online, remote learning and back.  The impact for the Company has primarily related to transitioning classes from in-person, hands-on learning to online, remote learning which resulted in, among other things, additional expenses.  Further, related to this transition, some students were placed on leave of absence as they could not complete their externships and some students chose not to participate in online learning. As a result, certain programs were extended due to restricted access to externship sites and classroom labs which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  In accordance with phased re-opening as applied on a state-by-state basis, all of our schools have now re-opened and the majority of the students who were on leave of absence or had deferred their programs returned to school to finish their programs.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in 2020 the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law providing a $2 trillion federal economic relief package of financial assistance and other relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the pandemic.  Among other things, the CARES Act includes a $14 billion higher education emergency relief fund (“HEERF”) for the DOE to distribute directly to institutions of higher education. The DOE has allocated funds to each institution of higher education based on a formula contained in the CARES Act. The formula is heavily weighted toward institutions with large numbers of Pell Grant recipients.  The DOE allocated $27.4 million to our schools distributed in two equal installments and required them to be utilized by April 30, 2021 and May 14, 2021, respectively.  As of September 30, 2021, the Company had distributed the full $13.7 million of its first installment as emergency grants to students and has utilized the full $13.7 million of its second installment.  Proceeds from the second installment for permitted expenses were primarily utilized to either offset original expenses incurred or to reduce student accounts receivable driving a decrease in bad debt expense, both uses resulted in a decrease in our selling, general and administrative expenses. Institutions are required to use at least half of the HEERF funds for emergency grants to students for expenses related to disruptions in campus operations (e.g., food, housing, etc.).  The law requires institutions receiving funds to continue to the greatest extent practicable to pay its employees and contractors during the period of any disruptions or closures related to the COVID-19 emergency which the Company has done.  The Company was also permitted to defer payment of FICA payroll taxes through January 1, 2021 and did so but, pursuant to requirements of the deferment, repaid 50% of the deferred payments by January 3, 2022, and will need to repay the remaining 50% by January 3, 2023. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had deferred payments of $2.3 million included in accrued expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In December 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 was enacted which included the Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CRRSAA”).  CRRSAA provided an additional $81.9 billion to the Education Stabilization Fund including $22.7 billion for the HEERF, which were originally created by the CARES Act in March 2020.  The higher education provisions of the CRRSAA are intended in part to provide additional financial assistance benefitting students and their postsecondary institutions in the wake of the spread of COVID-19 across the country and its impact on higher educational institutions.  In March 2021, the $1.9 trillion American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“ARPA”) was signed into law. Among other things, the ARPA provides $40 billion in relief funds that will go directly to colleges and universities with $395.8 million going to for-profit institutions.  The DOE has allocated a total of $24.4 million to our schools from the funds made available under CRRSAA and ARPA.  As of December 31, 2021, the Company has drawn down and distributed to our students $14.8 million of these allocated funds. The remainder of the funds are on hold by the DOE and will be distributed to the students upon release. Failure to comply with requirements for the usage and reporting of these funds could result in requirements to repay some or all of the allocated funds and in other sanctions.

XML

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands)

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charged to Expense		Accounts Written-off			Balance at End of Period
Allowance accounts for the year ended:
December 31, 2021
Student receivable allowance	$	28,639	$	26,794	$	(23,512	)	$	31,921
December 31, 2020
Student receivable allowance	$	20,367	$	26,887	$	(18,615	)	$	28,639

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

Business Activities

Business Activities—Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”, as applicable) provide diversified career-oriented post-secondary education to recent high school graduates and working adults.  The Company, which currently operates 22 schools in 14 states, offers programs in skilled trades (which include HVAC, welding and computerized numerical control and electrical and electronic systems technology, among other programs), automotive technology, healthcare services (which include nursing, dental assistant and medical administrative assistant, among other programs), hospitality services (which include culinary, therapeutic massage, cosmetology and aesthetics) and information technology.  The schools operate under Lincoln Technical Institute, Lincoln College of Technology, Lincoln Culinary Institute, and Euphoria Institute of Beauty Arts and Sciences and associated brand names.  Most of the campuses serve major metropolitan markets and each typically offers courses in multiple areas of study.  Five of the campuses are destination schools, which attract students from across the United States and, in some cases, from abroad. The Company’s other campuses primarily attract students from their local communities and surrounding areas.  All of the campuses are nationally accredited and are eligible to participate in federal financial aid programs by the U.S. Department of Education (the “DOE”) and applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions which allow students to apply for and access federal student loans as well as other forms of financial aid.

The Company’s business is organized into two reportable business segments: (a) Transportation and Skilled Trades, and (b) Healthcare and Other Professions (“HOPS”).

Liquidity

Liquidity—As of December 31, 2021, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $83.3 million.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $38.0 million.  As of December 31, 2020, the Company had a net cash balance of $20.8 million calculated as cash and cash equivalents, less both the short-term and long-term portions of the Company’s Credit Facility (defined below). The Company believes that its likely sources of cash should be sufficient to fund operations for the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future.

Principles of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lincoln Educational Services Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and highly liquid short-term investments, which contain original maturities within three months of purchase.  Pursuant to the DOE’s cash management requirements, the Company retains funds from financial aid programs under Title IV of the Higher Education Act in segregated cash management accounts.  The segregated accounts do not require a restriction on use of the cash and, as such, these amounts are classified as cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable—The Company reports accounts receivable at net realizable value, which is equal to the gross receivable less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts.  Noncurrent accounts receivable represent amounts due from graduates in excess of 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts—Based upon experience and judgment, an allowance is established for uncollectible accounts with respect to tuition receivables. In establishing the allowance for uncollectible accounts, the Company considers, among other things, current and expected economic conditions, a student’s status (in-school or out-of-school), whether or not a student is currently making payments, and overall collection history. Changes in trends in any of these areas may impact the allowance for uncollectible accounts. The receivables balances of withdrawn students with delinquent obligations are reserved for based on our collection history.

Inventories

Inventories—Inventories consist mainly of textbooks, computers, tools and supplies. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Equipment and Facilities - Depreciation and Amortization

Property, Equipment and Facilities—Depreciation and Amortization—Property, equipment and facilities are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred. Upon the retirement, sale or other disposition of assets, costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operating income. For financial statement purposes, depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, and amortization of leasehold improvements is computed over the lesser of the term of the lease or its estimated useful life.

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs—Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and approximated $33.1 million and $31.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These amounts are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

Goodwill—Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired business (reporting unit) over the estimated carrying value, assets net of liabilities. Lincoln tests goodwill for impairment annually, in the forth quarter of each year, unless there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate an impairment may have occurred. Impairment may result from deterioration in performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in laws or regulations, the restriction of activities associated with the acquired business, and/or a variety of other circumstances. If we determine that impairment has occurred, we record a write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the determination is made.

As of December 31, 2021, goodwill was approximately $14.5 million, or 4.9%, of our total assets. The goodwill is allocated among nine reporting units within the Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment.

When Lincoln performs our annual goodwill impairment assessment we first assess a number of qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If we conclude based on our qualitative review that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value we proceed with a quantitative impairment test.

Our qualitative assessment is subjective, it includes a review of macroeconomic and industry factors, review of the financial performance of applicable reporting units, and assessment of adverse events that may negatively impact a reporting units carrying value. Adverse events would include, but are not limited to, difficulty in accessing capital, a greater competitive environment, decline in market-dependent multiples or metrics, regulatory or political developments, change in key personnel, strategy, or customers, or litigation.

When we perform the quantitative impairment test we believe the most critical assumptions and estimates in determining the estimated fair value of our reporting units include, but are not limited to, future tuition revenues, operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures and a discount rate. The assumptions used in determining our expected future cash flows consider various factors such as historical operating trends particularly in student enrollment and pricing and long-term operating strategies and initiatives.

If Lincoln determines that quantitative tests are necessary, these tests are performed using projected future operating results and cash flows on a weighted scale, 50% based on Discounted Cash Flows (Income Approach) and 50% on based EBITDA multipliers (Market Approach). Management judgment is necessary in forecasting future cash flows and operating results, critical assumptions include growth rates, changes in operating costs, capital expenditures, and changes in weighted average costs of capital. Additionally, Lincoln obtains independent market metrics for the industry and our peers to assist in the development of these key assumptions. This process is consistent with our internal forecasts and operating plans.

Lincoln has completed our 2021 goodwill impairment assessment and determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units exceeded their carrying value. As such, we concluded that goodwill was not impaired.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews the carrying value of its long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For other long-lived assets, including right-of-use lease assets, the Company evaluates assets for recoverability when there is an indication of potential impairment. If the undiscounted cash flows from a group of assets being evaluated is less than the carrying value of that group of assets, the fair value of the asset group is determined and the carrying value of the asset group is written down to fair value.

When we perform the quantitative impairment test for long-lived assets, we examine estimated future cash flows using Level 3 inputs. These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying independent market values. If the Company determines that an asset’s carrying value is impaired, it will record a write-down of the carrying value of the asset and charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period in which the determination is made.

The Company concluded that for the year ended December 31, 2021 there was an impairment of our property in Suffield, Connecticut of $0.7 million.  The impairment was the result of an assessment of the current market value, obtained via 3rd party engagement, as compared to the current carrying value of the assets.  Lincoln had a carrying value for the Suffield, Connecticut property of approximately $2.9 million.  The fair value estimate provided indicated that the current value of the property was approximately $2.2 million.  As such, the aforementioned $0.7 million impairment was recorded and the assets carrying value reduced. There were no other long-lived asset impairments for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company concluded that for the year ended December 31, 2020 there were no long-lived asset impairments.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of temporary cash investments.  The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company’s cash balances with financial institutions typically exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limit of $0.25 million. The Company’s cash balances on deposit at December 31, 2021, exceeded the balance insured by the FDIC by approximately $82.7 million. The Company has not experienced any losses to date on its invested cash.

The Company extends credit for tuition and fees to many of its students. The credit risk with respect to these accounts receivable is mitigated by the students’ participation in federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to the receipt of federal funds for those students. In addition, the remaining tuition receivables are primarily comprised of smaller individual amounts due from students.

With respect to student receivables, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk as of each of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates the estimates and assumptions, including those used to determine the incremental borrowing rate to calculate lease liabilities and right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, lease term to calculate lease cost, revenue recognition, bad debts, impairments, fixed assets, income taxes, benefit plans and certain accruals.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). This statement requires an asset and a liability approach for measuring deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses our deferred tax asset to determine whether all or any portion of the asset is more likely than not unrealizable.  A valuation allowance is required to be established or maintained when, based on currently available information, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In accordance with ASC 740, our assessment considers whether there has been sufficient income in recent years and whether sufficient income is expected in future years in order to utilize the deferred tax asset. In evaluating the realizability of deferred income tax assets, the Company considered, among other things, historical levels of income, expected future income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary reporting differences, and the expected impact of tax planning strategies that may be implemented to prevent the potential loss of future income tax benefits. Significant judgment is required in determining the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements and/or tax returns.  Differences between anticipated and actual outcomes of these future tax consequences could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.  Changes in, among other things, income tax legislation, statutory income tax rates, or future income levels could materially impact the Company’s valuation of income tax assets and liabilities and could cause our income tax provision to vary significantly among financial reporting periods.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.  During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we did not record any interest and penalties expense associated with uncertain tax positions.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative Instruments—The Company records the fair value of derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet. The accounting for gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value is dependent on the use of the derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

All qualifying hedging activities are documented at the inception of the hedge and must meet the definition of highly effective in offsetting changes to future cash. The Company utilizes the change in variable cash flows method to evaluate hedge effectiveness quarterly. We record the fair value of the qualifying hedges in other long-term liabilities (for derivative liabilities) and other assets (for derivative assets). All unrealized gains and losses on derivatives that are designated and qualify for hedge accounting are reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and recognized when the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recognized in other comprehensive income.  The Company classifies the cash flows from a cash flow hedge within the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged.

Start-up Costs

Start-up Costs—Costs related to the start of new campuses are expensed as incurred.

New Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” These amendments provide temporary optional guidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The ASU provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. It is intended to help stakeholders during the global market-wide reference rate transition period. In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope” which clarifies that certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 for contract modifications and hedge accounting apply to derivatives that are affected by the discounting transition. The guidance is effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company is implementing a transition plan to identify and modify its loans and other financial instruments with attributes that are either directly or indirectly influenced by LIBOR. The Company is continuing to assess ASU 2020-04 and its impact on the Company’s transition away from LIBOR for its loan and other financial instruments. In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-10, “Codification Improvements”, which makes minor technical corrections and clarifications to the ASU. The amendments in Sections B and C of the ASU are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, for public business entities. This update did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, “Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity”. This ASU simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. The ASU removes separation models for (1) convertible debt with a cash conversion feature and (2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature and hence most of the instruments will be accounted for as a single model (either debt or equity). The ASU also states that entities must apply the if-converted method to all convertible instruments for calculation of diluted EPS and the treasury stock method is no longer available. An entity can use either a full or modified retrospective approach to adopt the ASU’s guidance. ASU No. 2020-06 is effective for the Company as a smaller reporting company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For convertible instruments that include a down-round feature, entities may early adopt the amendments that apply to the down-round features if they have not yet adopted the amendments in ASU 2017-11. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this ASU will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. ASU 2019-12 also clarifies and amends GAAP for other areas of Topic 740. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. Depending on the amendment, adoption may be applied on a retrospective, modified retrospective or prospective basis. The Company adopted ASU 2019-12 on January 1, 2021, which did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” and subsequently issued additional guidance that modified ASU 2016-13. The ASU and the subsequent modifications are identified as Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 326. The standard requires an entity to change its accounting approach in determining impairment of certain financial instruments, including trade receivables, from an “incurred loss” to a “current expected credit loss” model. Further, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, ASU No. 2019-05 and ASU 2019-11 to provide additional guidance on the credit losses standard. In November 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842)”.  This ASU defers the effective date of ASU 2016-13 for public companies that are considered smaller reporting companies as defined by the SEC to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years.  Additionally, in February and March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-02, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842): Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 and Update to SEC Section on Effective Date Related to Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)” ASU 2020-02 adds a SEC paragraph pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 on loan losses to FASB Codification Topic 326 and also updates the SEC section of the Codification for the change in the effective date of Topic 842. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently assessing the impact that these ASUs will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

NET INCOME PER SHARE [Abstract]

Reconciliation of Numerator and Denominator of Diluted Net Income Per Share Computations

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the diluted net income per share computations for the periods presented below:

	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share data)	2021			2020
Numerator:
Net income	$	34,718		$	48,565
Less: preferred stock dividend		(1,219	)		(1,378	)
Less: allocation to preferred stockholders		(5,601	)		(8,224	)
Less: allocation to restricted stockholders		(1,796	)		(2,150	)
Net income allocated to common stockholders	$	26,102		$	36,813
Basic net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding		25,080,789			24,748,496
Basic net income per share	$	1.04		$	1.49
Diluted net income per share:
Denominator:
Weighted average number of:
Common shares outstanding		25,080,789			24,748,496
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding:
Series A Preferred Stocck		-			-
Unvested restricted stock		-			-
Stock options		-			-
Dilutive shares outstanding		25,080,789			24,748,496
Diluted net income per share	$	1.04		$	1.49

Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share

The following table summarizes the potential weighted average shares of common stock that were excluded from the determination of our diluted shares outstanding as they were anti-dilutive:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Series A preferred stock		5,381,356		5,381,356
Unvested restricted stock		825,569		632,693
		6,206,925		6,014,049

XML

REVENUE RECOGNITION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

REVENUE RECOGNITION [Abstract]

Depicts Timing of Revenue Recognition

The following table depicts the timing of revenue recognition:

	Year ended December 31, 2021
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	17,393	$	5,686	$	23,079
Services transferred over time		223,138		89,119		312,257
Total revenues	$	240,531	$	94,805	$	335,336

	Year ended December 31, 2020
	Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment		Healthcare and Other Professions Segment		Consolidated
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Services transferred at a point in time	$	12,519	$	4,718	$	17,237
Services transferred over time		194,915		80,943		275,858
Total revenues	$	207,434	$	85,661	$	293,095

XML

LEASES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

LEASES [Abstract]

Supplemental Cash Flow Information and Non-cash Activity Related to Operating Leases

Supplemental cash flow information and non-cash activity related to our operating leases are as follows:

	December 31,
	2021		2020
Operating cash flow information:
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities	$	15,404	$	15,390
Non-cash activity:
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets	$	45,456	$	14,890

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term and Discount Rate

Weighted-average remaining lease term and discount rate for our operating leases is as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Weighted-average remaining lease term	11.47 years			6.11 years
Weighted-average discount rate		7.67	%		11.33	%

Maturities of Lease Liabilities

Maturities of lease liabilities by fiscal year for our operating leases as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:

Year ending December 31,
2022	$	18,353
2023		17,408
2024		15,047
2025		13,074
2026		10,600
Thereafter		64,031
Total lease payments		138,513
Less: imputed interest		(40,624	)
Present value of lease liabilities	$	97,889

XML

GOODWILL (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

GOODWILL [Abstract]

Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

	Gross Goodwill Balance		Accumulated Impairment Losses		Net Goodwill Balance
Balance as of January 1, 2020	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2020		117,176		102,640		14,536
Adjustments		-		-		-
Balance as of December 31, 2021	$	117,176	$	102,640	$	14,536

XML

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES [Abstract]

Property, Equipment and Facilities

Property, equipment and facilities consist of the following:

	Useful life (years)		At December 31,
			2021			2020
Land		-	$	645		$	6,969
Buildings and improvements		1-25		88,060			134,526
Equipment, furniture and fixtures		1-7		85,441			82,133
Vehicles		3		751			733
Construction in progress		-		1,557			327
				176,454			224,688
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization				(153,335	)		(176,300	)
			$	23,119		$	48,388

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

ACCRUED EXPENSES [Abstract]

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

	At December 31,
	2021		2020
Accrued compensation and benefits	$	11,662	$	12,476
Accrued real estate taxes		1,732		2,614
Other accrued expenses		2,275		1,602
	$	15,669	$	16,692

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

LONG-TERM DEBT [Abstract]

Long-term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

	At December 31,
	2021		2020
Credit agreement	$	-	$	17,833
Deferred financing fees		-		(621	)
		-		17,212
Less current maturities		-		(2,000	)
	$	-	$	15,212

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY [Abstract]

Transactions Pertaining to Restricted Stock

The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to restricted stock:

	Shares			Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2019		595,426		$	3.15
Granted		1,319,734			2.68
Cancelled		-			-
Vested		(343,001	)		3.40
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2020		1,572,159			2.77
Granted		679,331			5.99
Cancelled		-			-
Vested		(507,644	)		3.30
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2021		1,743,846			3.89

Transactions Pertaining to Option Plans

The fair value of the stock options used to compute stock-based compensation is the estimated present value at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The following is a summary of transactions pertaining to stock options:

	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding January 1, 2019		139,000		$	12.14	2.53 years	$	-
Cancelled		(23,000	)		20.15			-
Outstanding December 31, 2019		116,000			10.56	1.83 years		-
Cancelled		(35,000	)		16.95			-
Outstanding December 31, 2020		81,000			7.79	1.17 years		-
Cancelled		-			-
Outstanding December 31, 2021		81,000			7.79	0.17 years		-
Vested as of December 31, 2021		81,000			7.79	0.17 years		-
Exercisable as of December 31, 2021		81,000			7.79	0.17 years		-

XML

PENSION PLAN (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

PENSION PLAN [Abstract]

Plan's Funded Status

The following table sets forth the plan’s funded status and amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS:
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$	24,358		$	22,832
Service cost		37			35
Interest cost		492			654
Actuarial (gain) loss		(989	)		2,115
Benefits paid		(1,341	)		(1,278	)
Benefit obligation at end of year		22,557			24,358
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS:
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year		20,106			18,817
Actual return on plan assets		2,185			2,567
Benefits paid		(1,341	)		(1,278	)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year		20,950			20,106
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	$	(1,607	)	$	(4,252	)

Amounts Recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheets

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

	At December 31,
	2021			2020
Noncurrent liabilities	$	(1,607	)	$	(4,252	)

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Accumulated loss	$	(2,862	)	$	(5,655	)
Deferred income taxes		1,621			2,367
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(1,241	)	$	(3,288	)

Components of Net Periodic Cost for Plan

The following table provides the components of net periodic cost for the plan:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST
Service cost	$	37		$	35
Interest cost		492			654
Expected return on plan assets		(1,021	)		(1,044	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		640			585
Net periodic benefit cost	$	148		$	230

Plan Assets using Fair Value Hierarchy

The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,322	$	-	$	-	$	6,322
Fixed income		7,811		-		-		7,811
International equities		5,180		-		-		5,180
Real estate		900		-		-		900
Cash and equivalents		737		-		-		737
Balance at December 31, 2021	$	20,950	$	-	$	-	$	20,950

	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Equity securities	$	6,688	$	-	$	-	$	6,688
Fixed income		6,739		-		-		6,739
International equities		4,480		-		-		4,480
Real estate		1,016		-		-		1,016
Cash and equivalents		1,183		-		-		1,183
Balance at December 31, 2020	$	20,106	$	-	$	-	$	20,106

Fair Value of Total Plan Assets by Major Asset Category

Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category as of December 31:

	2021			2020
Equity securities		30	%		33	%
Fixed income		37	%		34	%
International equities		25	%		22	%
Real estate		4	%		5	%
Cash and equivalents		4	%		6	%
Total		100	%		100	%

Expected Benefit Payments for Plan

Information about the expected benefit payments for the plan is as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2022	$	1,358
2023		1,384
2024		1,400
2025		1,389
2026		1,390
Years 2027-2031		6,668

Benefit Obligations [Member]

Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]

Weighted Average Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of December 31:

	2021			2020
Discount rate		2.50	%		2.08	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.50	%		2.75	%

Periodic Pension Cost [Member]

Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]

Weighted Average Assumptions

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost for years ended December 31:

	2021			2020
Discount rate		2.50	%		2.08	%
Rate of compensation increase		2.50	%		2.75	%
Long-term rate of return		6.00	%		5.25	%

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

Components of the Provision for Income Taxes

Components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Current:
Federal	$	665	$	-
State		535		802
Total		1,200		802
Deferred:
Federal		8,468		(21,743	)
State		2,860		(14,118	)
Total		11,328		(35,861	)
Total provision (benefit)	$	12,528	$	(35,059	)

Reconciliation of Effective Tax Rate to U.S. Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate to the U.S. Statutory Federal Income tax rate was:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021					2020
Income before taxes	$	47,246				$	13,506
Expected tax	$	9,922		21.0	%	$	2,836		21.0	%
State tax benefit (net of federal)		2,682		5.7	%		(10,513	)	-77.8	%
Valuation allowance		-		0.0	%		(27,420	)	-203.0	%
Other		(76	)	-0.2	%		38		0.2	%
Total	$	12,528		26.5	%	$	(35,059	)	-259.6	%

Components of Non-current Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities)

The components of the non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities) were as follows:

	At December 31,
	2021			2020
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)
Lease liability	$	26,142		$	16,369
Depreciation		10,551			11,298
Allowance for bad debts		8,525			7,659
Net operating loss carryforwards		2,394			13,480
Stock-based compensation		641			317
Accrued benefits		656			1,208
Pension plan liabilities		429			1,137
Other intangibles		70			100
Goodwill		(1,267	)		(1,091	)
Right-of-use asset		(24,433	)		(14,759	)
Noncurrent deferred tax assets, net		23,708			35,718

XML

FAIR VALUE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

FAIR VALUE [Abstract]

Fair Value, by Balance Sheet Grouping

The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instrument assets and liabilities, which are not measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are listed in the table below:

	December 31, 2021
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	83,307	$	83,307	$	-	$	-	$	83,307
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,881		-		4,881		-		4,881
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	15,669	$	-	$	15,669	$	-	$	15,669
Other short term liabilities		15		-		15		-		15

	December 31, 2020
	Carrying		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	Amount		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	38,026	$	38,026	$	-	$	-	$	38,026
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		3,723		-		3,723		-		3,723
Financial Liabilities:
Accrued expenses	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692	$	-	$	16,692
Other short term liabilities		26		-		26		-		26
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		703		-		703		-		703
Credit facility		17,212		-		15,487		-		15,487

Fair Value of the Outstanding Derivative

The following summarizes the fair value of the outstanding derivative:

	December 31, 2021				December 31, 2020
	Liability				Liability(1)
	Notional		Fair Value		Notional		Fair Value
Derivative derived as a hedging instrument:
Interest Rate Swap	$	-	$	-	$	17,800	$	700

(1) The Company’s derivative liability is measured at fair value using observable market inputs such as interest rates and our own credit risk as well as an evaluation of our counterparty’s credit risk.  Based on these inputs the derivative liability is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Financial Statement Classification and Amount of Interest Expense Recognized on Hedging Instruments

The following summarizes the financial statement classification and amount of interest expense recognized on hedging instruments:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
	Interest expense
Interest Rate Swap	$	-	$	100

Derivative Instruments Designated as Hedging Instruments in Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

The following summarizes the effect of derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments in Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2021		2020
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge
Interest rate swap loss	$	-	$	700

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2021

SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]

Financial Information by Reporting Segment

Summary financial information by reporting segment is as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	Revenue										Operating Income (Loss)
	2021		% of Total			2020		% of Total			2021			2020
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	240,531		71.7	%	$	207,434		70.8	%	$	52,055		$	34,458
Healthcare and Other Professions		94,805		28.3	%		85,661		29.2	%		11,845			11,068
Corporate		-		0.0	%		-		0.0	%		(14,639	)		(30,745	)
Total	$	335,336		100	%	$	293,095		100	%	$	49,261		$	14,781

	Total Assets
	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Transportation and Skilled Trades	$	156,531	$	133,078
Healthcare and Other Professions		33,959		32,753
Corporate		104,809		79,359
Total	$	295,299	$	245,190

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Business Activities (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021 State School Segment Campus
Business Activities [Abstract]
Number of schools | School	22
Number of states in which schools operate across the United States | State	14
Number of campuses treated as destination schools | Campus	5
Number of reportable segments | Segment	2

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Liquidity (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Liquidity [Abstract]
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$ 83,307	$ 38,026	$ 38,644
Cash balance		$ 20,800

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Cash and Cash Equivalents (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Abstract]
Maximum maturity period for classification of cash equivalents	3 months

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Advertising Costs (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
Advertising Costs [Abstract]
Advertising expense	$ 33.1	$ 31.2

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Goodwill (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021 USD ($) Unit	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)
Goodwill [Abstract]
Goodwill	$ 14,536	$ 14,536	$ 14,536
Percentage of goodwill in total assets	4.90%
Amount of goodwill impairment	$ 0
Discounted Cash Flows [Member]
Goodwill [Abstract]
Fair value of reporting units, measurement input	0.50
EBITDA Multipliers [Member]
Goodwill [Abstract]
Fair value of reporting units, measurement input	0.50
Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment [Member]
Goodwill [Abstract]
Goodwill	$ 14,500	$ 14,500
Number of reporting units | Unit	9

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets [Abstract]
Impairment of property amount	$ 700
Carrying value of property amount	2,900
Fair value estimate current value of property	2,200
Impairment carrying value reduced	700
Impairment of long-lived assets	$ 0	$ 0

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Concentration of Credit Risk (Details) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2021 USD ($)
Concentration of Credit Risk [Abstract]
Federal deposit insurance limit	$ 250
Excess cash, FDIC uninsured amount	$ 82,700

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
Income Taxes [Abstract]
Interest and penalties expense	$ 0	$ 0

XML

FINANCIAL AID AND REGULATORY COMPLIANCE (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021 Score Institution	Dec. 31, 2020 Score	Dec. 31, 2019 Score	Dec. 31, 2018 Score
Financial Aid [Abstract]
Percentage of net revenues on cash basis indirectly derived from funds	75.00%	77.00%
Maximum specified percentage of net revenues on cash basis indirectly derived from funds	90.00%	90.00%
Period over which entity became ineligible after receiving specified percentage as revenue from funds	2 years
Period for which entity may not reapply for eligibility	2 years
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Minimum Composite required for financial responsibility	1.5
Composite score for financial responsibility	3.0	2.7	1.5	1.1
Number of institutions that performed all requirements | Institution	3
Maximum Period for institution to participate under the Zone Alternative	3 years
Minimum [Member]
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Standard composite score for financial responsibility	(1.0)
Maximum [Member]
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Standard composite score for financial responsibility	3.0
U.S. Department of Education [Member]
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Maximum notification period	10 days
Minimum percentage Letter of credit amount equal Total Title IV Program funds	50.00%
Minimum percentage Letter of credit amount equal Prior Years Total Title IV Program funds	10.00%
U.S. Department of Education [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Minimum Composite required for financial responsibility	1.0
U.S. Department of Education [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Regulatory Compliance [Abstract]
Minimum Composite required for financial responsibility	1.5

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
Numerator [Abstract]
Net income (loss)	$ 34,718	$ 48,565
Less: preferred stock dividend	(1,219)	(1,378)
Less: allocation to preferred stockholders	(5,601)	(8,224)
Less: allocation to restricted stockholders	(1,796)	(2,150)
Net income (loss) allocated to common stockholders	$ 26,102	$ 36,813
Denominator [Abstract]
Weighted average common shares outstanding (in shares)	25,080,789	24,748,496
Basic net income per share (in dollars per share)	$ 1.04	$ 1.49
Denominator [Abstract]
Weighted average common shares outstanding (in shares)	25,080,789	24,748,496
Diluted shares outstanding (in shares)	25,080,789	24,748,496
Net income per common share (in dollars per share)	$ 1.04	$ 1.49
Antidilutive Shares [Abstract]
Antidilutive shares excluded from computation of earnings (loss) per share (in shares)	6,206,925	6,014,049
Unvested Restricted Stock [Member]
Denominator [Abstract]
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Antidilutive Shares [Abstract]
Antidilutive shares excluded from computation of earnings (loss) per share (in shares)	825,569	632,693
Stock Options [Member]
Denominator [Abstract]
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Series A Preferred Stock [Member]
Denominator [Abstract]
Dilutive potential common shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Antidilutive Shares [Abstract]
Antidilutive shares excluded from computation of earnings (loss) per share (in shares)	5,381,356	5,381,356

XML

REVENUE RECOGNITION (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
REVENUE RECOGNITION [Abstract]
Unearned tuition	$ 25,405	$ 23,453
Revenue recognized included in contract liability	22,800
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	335,336	293,095
Services Transferred at a Point in Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	23,079	17,237
Services Transferred over Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	312,257	275,858
Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	240,531	207,434
Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment [Member] | Services Transferred at a Point in Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	17,393	12,519
Transportation and Skilled Trades Segment [Member] | Services Transferred over Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	223,138	194,915
Healthcare and Other Professions Segment [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	94,805	85,661
Healthcare and Other Professions Segment [Member] | Services Transferred at a Point in Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	5,686	4,718
Healthcare and Other Professions Segment [Member] | Services Transferred over Time [Member]
Disaggregation of Revenue [Abstract]
Total revenues	$ 89,119	$ 80,943

XML

LEASES (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021 USD ($) Lease	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($)
Operating Leases [Abstract]
Operating lease cost	$ 15,800	$ 15,300
Variable lease cost	0	600
Rental payments withheld or deferred	500
Repayment of rental payments withheld or deferred	500
Recognition of negative lease expense	600
Operating cash flow information [Abstract]
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities	15,404	15,390
Non-cash activity [Abstract]
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets	$ 45,456	$ 14,890
Number of new leases | Lease	2
Number of lease modifications | Lease	9
Sale leaseback transaction	$ 40,000
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term and Discount Rate [Abstract]
Weighted-average remaining lease term	11 years 5 months 19 days	6 years 1 month 9 days
Weighted-average discount rate	7.67%	11.33%
Maturities of Lease Liabilities [Abstract]
2022	$ 18,353
2023	17,408
2024	15,047
2025	13,074
2026	10,600
Thereafter	64,031
Total lease payments	138,513
Less: imputed interest	(40,624)
Present value of lease liabilities	$ 97,889
Minimum [Member]
Operating Leases [Abstract]
Remaining lease term	1 year
Maximum [Member]
Operating Leases [Abstract]
Remaining lease term	20 years

XML

GOODWILL (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill [Abstract]
Gross Goodwill Balance	$ 117,176	$ 117,176	$ 117,176
Accumulated Impairment Losses	102,640	102,640	102,640
Net Goodwill Balance	14,536	14,536	$ 14,536
Adjustments	0	0
Transportation and Skilled Trades [Member]
Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill [Abstract]
Net Goodwill Balance	$ 14,500	$ 14,500

XML

PROPERTY SALE AGREEMENTS, Property Sale Agreement (Details) - Property Sale Agreement [Member] $ in Millions		12 Months Ended
	Sep. 24, 2021 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2021 Term
Property Sale Agreement [Abstract]
Sale price of agreement | $	$ 34.5
Rent-free basis for a lease-back period		12 months
Option to extend lease-back period		90 days
Number of additional lease-back terms | Term		3
Period of additional option to extend lease-back		30 days

XML

PROPERTY SALE AGREEMENTS, Sale-Leaseback Transaction (Details) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
	Oct. 29, 2021 USD ($) Option	Dec. 31, 2021 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($)	Sep. 24, 2021 USD ($)
Sale-Leaseback Transaction [Abstract]
Sale price of sale-leaseback transaction		$ 40,000
Gain on sale of assets		22,479	$ 81
Right of use assets		91,487	55,187
Lease liabilities		97,889
Net proceeds amount		$ 45,379	$ 0
Colorado/Texas Sale Agreement [Member]
Sale-Leaseback Transaction [Abstract]
Sale price of sale-leaseback transaction				$ 46,500
Lease agreement term	20 years
Initial annual base rent	$ 2,600
Percentage of annual increase of rent	2.00%
Number of subsequent renewal options | Option	4
Period of subsequent renewal options	5 years
Gain on sale of assets	$ 22,500
Right of use assets	40,100
Lease liabilities	40,100
Net proceeds amount	45,400
Repayments of term loan	16,200
Swap termination fee	$ 500

XML

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 176,454	$ 224,688
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(153,335)	(176,300)
Property, equipment and facilities, Net	23,119	48,388
Depreciation and amortization expense	7,100	7,400
Land [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	645	6,969
Buildings and Improvements [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 88,060	134,526
Buildings and Improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life	1 year
Buildings and Improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life	25 years
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 85,441	82,133
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life	1 year
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life	7 years
Vehicles [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Useful life	3 years
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 751	733
Construction in Progress [Member]
Property, equipment and facilities net [Abstract]
Property, equipment and facilities, Gross	$ 1,557	$ 327

XML

ACCRUED EXPENSES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
ACCRUED EXPENSES [Abstract]
Accrued compensation and benefits	$ 11,662	$ 12,476
Accrued real estate taxes	1,732	2,614
Other accrued expenses	2,275	1,602
Accrued expenses	$ 15,669	$ 16,692

XML

LONG-TERM DEBT (Details) $ in Thousands				12 Months Ended
	Nov. 11, 2020 USD ($)	Nov. 10, 2020 USD ($)	Nov. 14, 2019 USD ($) Facility	Dec. 31, 2021 USD ($) School	Oct. 29, 2021 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($)
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Deferred financing fees				$ 0		$ (621)
Long term debt				0		17,212
Less current maturities				0		(2,000)
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities				0		15,212
Letters of credit outstanding				4,000		4,000
Term Loan [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Repayment of term loan and swap termination fee					$ 16,700
Credit Agreement [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Credit agreement				0		$ 17,833
Minimum quarterly average aggregate balances to be maintained				5,000
Bank fees if minimum quarterly average aggregate balances is not maintained				$ 12,500
Period of consideration for payment of cash dividend				24 months
Limit on payment of cash dividends	$ 2,300	$ 1,700
Credit Facility [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 60,000
Number of facilities available in 2019 credit agreement | Facility			4
Number of schools in states covered under first priority lien | School				3
Credit Facility [Member] | Letter of Credit [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Percentage of letter of credit fee, quarterly installment			0.25%
Credit Facility [Member] | Term Loan [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 20,000	$ 0
Expiration date of credit facility				Dec. 01, 2024
Line of credit facility, amortization schedule based period for interest and principal payments				120 months
Percentage of swap transaction of principal balance			100.00%
Line of credit facility, frequency of principal and interest periodic payment				monthly
Credit Facility [Member] | Term Loan [Member] | LIBOR [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Term of variable rate				1 month
Interest rate on credit facility			3.50%
Credit Facility [Member] | Term Loan [Member] | LIBOR [Member] | Interest Rate Floor [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Interest rate on credit facility			0.25%
Credit Facility [Member] | Delayed Draw Term Loan [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 10,000	$ 0
Expiration date of credit facility				Dec. 01, 2024
Line of credit facility, amortization schedule based period for interest and principal payments				120 months
Line of credit facility, monthly interest payment period				18 months
Line of credit facility, frequency of principal and interest periodic payment				monthly
Credit Facility [Member] | Delayed Draw Term Loan [Member] | LIBOR [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Term of variable rate				1 month
Interest rate on credit facility			3.50%
Credit Facility [Member] | Delayed Draw Term Loan [Member] | LIBOR [Member] | Interest Rate Floor [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Interest rate on credit facility			0.25%
Credit Facility [Member] | Credit Agreement [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 15,000
Expiration date of credit facility				Jan. 31, 2021
Credit Facility [Member] | Revolving Loan [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 15,000
Expiration date of credit facility				Nov. 13, 2022
Loan repayment period				30 days
Credit Facility [Member] | Revolving Loan [Member] | Interest Rate Floor [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Interest rate on credit facility			4.00%
Credit Facility [Member] | Revolving Loan [Member] | Prime Rate [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Interest rate on credit facility			0.50%
Credit Facility [Member] | Revolving Loan [Member] | Letter of Credit [Member]
Long-term debt [Abstract]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing capacity			$ 10,000

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY, Common Stock and Preferred Stock (Details) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
	Nov. 14, 2019 USD ($) Number $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2021 USD ($) Vote $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) $ / shares
Dividends [Abstract]
Dividends paid on shares of Series A preferred stock		$ 1,219	$ 1,378
Common Stock [Member]
Common Stock [Abstract]
Common stock voting rights per share | Vote		1
Cash dividends declared or paid		$ 0
Preferred Stock [Abstract]
Number of shares issued upon conversion of preferred stock (in shares) | shares		423,729
Series A Preferred Stock [Member]
Preferred Stock [Abstract]
Amount raised from issuance of stock	$ 12,700
Issuance of series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs (in shares) | shares	12,700
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Liquidation preference per share (in dollars per share) | $ / shares		1,000
Conversion price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 2.36	$ 5.31
Stock issuance cost		$ 700
Dividends [Abstract]
Dividend rate	9.60%
First dividend payment date		Sep. 30, 2020
Increase in dividend rate on fifth anniversary	2.40%
Dividends paid on shares of Series A preferred stock		$ 1,200
Series A Preferred Stock Holders Right to Convert into Common Stock
Conversion amount	$ 1,000
Mandatory Conversion [Abstract]
Consecutive trading days, in which common stock exceeds the conversion price	20 days
Redemption [Abstract]
Amount of adjustment provided in charter agreement after fifth anniversary	$ 1,000
Registration Rights Agreement [Abstract]
Number of underwritten offerings | Number	2
Series A Preferred Stock [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Dividends [Abstract]
Dividend rate if failure to perform certain obligations	2.00%
Series A Preferred Stock Holders Right to Convert into Common Stock
Percentage of common stock owned by holder and affiliates	19.99%
Mandatory Conversion [Abstract]
Weighted average price of common stock equals or exceeds the conversion price	2.25
Number of shares traded on each trading day (in shares) | shares	20,000
Registration Rights Agreement [Abstract]
Gross proceeds from underwritten offerings	$ 5,000
Series A Preferred Stock [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Dividends [Abstract]
Dividend rate if failure to perform certain obligations	14.00%

XML

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY, Restricted Stock and Stock Options (Details) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021 USD ($) Plan $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Jun. 16, 2020 shares
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Number of stock incentive plans | Plan	3
Shares [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning balance (in shares)	81,000	116,000	139,000
Canceled (in shares)	0	(35,000)	(23,000)
Outstanding, ending balance (in shares)	81,000	81,000	116,000	139,000
Vested (in shares)	81,000
Exercisable (in shares)	81,000
Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning balance (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 7.79	$ 10.56	$ 12.14
Canceled (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	0	16.95	20.15
Outstanding, ending balance (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	7.79	$ 7.79	$ 10.56	$ 12.14
Vested (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	7.79
Exercisable (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 7.79
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term [Abstract]
Outstanding, balance	2 months 1 day	1 year 2 months 1 day	1 year 9 months 29 days	2 years 6 months 10 days
Vested	2 months 1 day
Exercisable, ending balance	2 months 1 day
Aggregate Intrinsic Value [Abstract]
Outstanding, beginning balance | $	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Cancelled | $		0	0
Outstanding, ending balance | $	0	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Vested | $	0
Exercisable | $	$ 0
Restricted Stock [Member]
Shares [Abstract]
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding, beginning balance (in shares)	1,572,159	595,426
Granted (in shares)	679,331	1,319,734
Cancelled (in shares)	0	0
Vested (in shares)	(507,644)	(343,001)
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding, ending balance (in shares)	1,743,846	1,572,159	595,426
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share [Abstract]
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding, beginning balance (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 2.77	$ 3.15
Granted (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	5.99	2.68
Cancelled (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	0	0
Vested (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	3.30	3.40
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding, ending balance (in dollars per share) | $ / shares	$ 3.89	$ 2.77	$ 3.15
Recognized restricted stock expense | $	$ 2,900	$ 1,700
Unrecognized restricted stock expense | $	4,400	$ 3,200
Stock Options [Member]
Aggregate Intrinsic Value [Abstract]
Unrecognized pre-tax compensation expense | $	$ 0
2020 Plan [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Number of shares available for issuance under incentive plan (in shares)					2,000,000
2020 Plan [Member] | June 16, 2020 [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Stock option award issuance, plan duration	10 years
LTIP [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Number of shares available for issuance under incentive plan (in shares)					2,000,000
LTIP [Member] | Restricted Stock [Member]
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share [Abstract]
Outstanding restricted shares, intrinsic value | $	$ 13,000
Non Employee Directors Plan [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Net share settlement for restricted stock (in shares)	154,973	75,115
Decrease in equity due to payment of tax for employee | $	$ 1,000
Non Employee Directors Plan [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Stockholders' Equity Note Details [Abstract]
Decrease in equity due to payment of tax for employee | $		$ 200

XML

PENSION PLAN, Plan's funded status (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
CHANGES IN BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS [Roll Forward]
Benefit obligation-beginning of year	$ 24,358	$ 22,832
Service cost	37	35
Interest cost	492	654
Actuarial (gain) loss	(989)	2,115
Benefits paid	(1,341)	(1,278)
Benefit obligation at end of year	22,557	24,358
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS [Roll Forward]
Fair value of plan assets-beginning of year	20,106	18,817
Actual return on plan assets	2,185	2,567
Benefits paid	(1,341)	(1,278)
Fair value of plan assets-end of year	20,950	20,106
BENEFIT OBLIGATION IN EXCESS OF FAIR VALUE FUNDED STATUS:	$ (1,607)	$ (4,252)
Discount rate	2.50%	2.08%

XML

PENSION PLAN, Summary (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets [Abstract]
Noncurrent liabilities	$ (1,607)	$ (4,252)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss [Abstract]
Accumulated loss	(2,862)	(5,655)
Deferred income taxes	1,621	2,367
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(1,241)	(3,288)
Accumulated benefit obligation	22,600	24,400
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST [Abstract]
Service cost	37	35
Interest cost	492	654
Expected return on plan assets	(1,021)	(1,044)
Recognized net actuarial loss	640	585
Net periodic benefit cost	148	230
Amortization of estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service cost from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost	500
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 20,950	$ 20,106	$ 18,817
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	100.00%	100.00%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations [Abstract]
Discount rate	2.50%	2.08%
Rate of compensation increase	2.50%	2.75%
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Discount rate	2.50%	2.08%
Pension contributions	$ 0	$ 0
Expected benefit payments for the plan [Abstract]
Maximum contribution by employee specified as percentage of compensation	25.00%
Additional contribution by employer	30.00%
Maximum percentage of compensation contributed by employer as matching contribution	6.00%
Compensation expense for the 401(k) plan	$ 700	400
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	20,950	20,106
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Equity Securities [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 6,322	$ 6,688
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	30.00%	33.00%
Equity Securities [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	30.00%
Equity Securities [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	70.00%
Equity Securities [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 6,322	$ 6,688
Equity Securities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Equity Securities [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Fixed Income [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 7,811	$ 6,739
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	37.00%	34.00%
Fixed Income [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	20.00%
Fixed Income [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	60.00%
Fixed Income [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 7,811	$ 6,739
Fixed Income [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Fixed Income [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
International Equities [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 5,180	$ 4,480
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	25.00%	22.00%
International Equities [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 5,180	$ 4,480
International Equities [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
International Equities [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Real Estate [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 900	$ 1,016
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	4.00%	5.00%
Real Estate [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 900	$ 1,016
Real Estate [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Real Estate [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Cash and Equivalents [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 737	$ 1,183
Fair value of total plan assets by major asset category	4.00%	6.00%
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	0.00%
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Target plan asset allocations	10.00%
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 737	$ 1,183
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	0	0
Cash and Equivalents [Member] | Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Plan assets using the fair value hierarchy [Abstract]
Fair value of plan assets	$ 0	$ 0
Pension Plan [Member]
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost [Abstract]
Discount rate	2.50%	2.08%
Rate of compensation increase	2.50%	2.75%
Long-term rate of return	6.00%	5.25%
Expected benefit payments for the plan [Abstract]
2022	$ 1,358
2023	1,384
2024	1,400
2025	1,389
2026	1,390
Years 2027-2031	$ 6,668

XML

INCOME TAXES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
Current [Abstract]
Federal	$ 665	$ 0
State	535	802
Total	1,200	802
Deferred [Abstract]
Federal	8,468	(21,743)
State	2,860	(14,118)
Total	11,328	(35,861)
Total provision (benefit)	12,528	(35,059)
Effective income tax rate reconciliation, amount [Abstract]
Income before taxes	47,246	13,506
Expected tax	9,922	2,836
State tax benefit (net of federal)	2,682	(10,513)
Valuation allowance	0	(27,420)
Other	(76)	38
Total provision (benefit)	$ 12,528	$ (35,059)
Effective income tax rate reconciliation, percent [Abstract]
Federal corporate tax rate	21.00%	21.00%
State tax benefit (net of federal)	5.70%	(77.80%)
Valuation allowance	0.00%	(203.00%)
Other	(0.20%)	0.20%
Total	26.50%	(259.60%)
Gross noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities) [Abstract]
Lease liability	$ 26,142	$ 16,369
Depreciation	10,551	11,298
Allowance for bad debts	8,525	7,659
Net operating loss carryforwards	2,394	13,480
Stock-based compensation	641	317
Accrued benefits	656	1,208
Pension plan liabilities	429	1,137
Other intangibles	70	100
Goodwill	(1,267)	(1,091)
Right-of-use asset	(24,433)	(14,759)
Noncurrent deferred tax assets, net	$ 23,708	35,718
Ownership Change [Abstract]
Net operating loss carryforwards, period of ownership change	3 years
Net operating loss carryforwards, minimum percentage of ownership change	50.00%
Federal Tax [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Net operating losses	$ 1,200	43,100
Net operating loss carryforwards, subject to expiration		29,100
State Tax [Member]
Operating Loss Carryforwards [Line Items]
Net operating losses	$ 37,600	77,200
Net operating loss carryforwards, not subject to expiration		$ 14,000

XML

FAIR VALUE (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
Carrying Amount [Member]
Financial Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 83,307	$ 38,026
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	4,881	3,723
Financial Liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	15,669	16,692
Other short term liabilities	15	26
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		703
Credit facility		17,212
Fair Value [Member]
Financial Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	83,307	38,026
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	4,881	3,723
Financial Liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	15,669	16,692
Other short term liabilities	15	26
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		703
Credit facility		15,487
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member] | Fair Value [Member]
Financial Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	83,307	38,026
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	0	0
Financial Liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	0	0
Other short term liabilities	0	0
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		0
Credit facility		0
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] | Fair Value [Member]
Financial Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	4,881	3,723
Financial Liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	15,669	16,692
Other short term liabilities	15	26
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		703
Credit facility		15,487
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | Fair Value [Member]
Financial Assets [Abstract]
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	0	0
Financial Liabilities [Abstract]
Accrued expenses	0	0
Other short term liabilities	$ 0	0
Derivative qualifying as cash flow hedge		0
Credit facility		$ 0

XML

FAIR VALUE, Qualifying Hedge Derivative (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020		Nov. 14, 2019
Term Loan [Member]
Derivative [Abstract]
Amortization period	10 years
Amount of principal payment	$ 200
Interest Rate Swap [Member]
Fair Value, Outstanding Derivative [Abstract]
Notional amount				$ 20,000
Interest Rate Swap [Member] | Term Loan [Member]
Derivative [Abstract]
Fixed rate	5.36%
Interest Rate Swap [Member] | Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]
Fair Value, Outstanding Derivative [Abstract]
Notional amount	$ 0	$ 17,800	[1]
Fair value	0	700	[1]
Classification and Amount of Interest Expense Recognized on Hedging Instruments [Abstract]
Interest expense	0	100
Interest Rate Swap [Member] | Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member] | Cash Flow Hedging [Member]
Derivative Instruments Designated As Hedging Instruments In Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) [Roll Forward]
Interest rate swap loss	$ 0	$ 700
LIBOR [Member] | Interest Rate Swap [Member] | Term Loan [Member]
Derivative [Abstract]
Variable rate	3.50%

[1] The Company’s derivative liability is measured at fair value using observable market inputs such as interest rates and our own credit risk as well as an evaluation of our counterparty’s credit risk.  Based on these inputs the derivative liability is classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. The liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

XML

SEGMENT REPORTING (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021 USD ($) Segment	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($)
SEGMENT REPORTING [Abstract]
Number of reportable operating segments | Segment	2
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 335,336	$ 293,095
Percentage of Total Revenue	100.00%	100.00%
Operating Income (Loss)	$ 49,261	$ 14,781
Assets	295,299	245,190
Transportation and Skilled Trades [Member]
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	240,531	207,434
Healthcare and Other Professions [Member]
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	94,805	85,661
Reportable Segments [Member] | Transportation and Skilled Trades [Member]
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 240,531	$ 207,434
Percentage of Total Revenue	71.70%	70.80%
Operating Income (Loss)	$ 52,055	$ 34,458
Assets	156,531	133,078
Reportable Segments [Member] | Healthcare and Other Professions [Member]
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 94,805	$ 85,661
Percentage of Total Revenue	28.30%	29.20%
Operating Income (Loss)	$ 11,845	$ 11,068
Assets	33,959	32,753
Corporate [Member]
Summary financial information by reporting segment [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 0	$ 0
Percentage of Total Revenue	0.00%	0.00%
Operating Income (Loss)	$ (14,639)	$ (30,745)
Assets	$ 104,809	$ 79,359

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021 USD ($) Claim
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]
Number of claims to dismiss | Claim	3
Number of claims | Claim	4
Outstanding net loan commitment	$ 30.0
Future employment contract commitments	7.9
Surety bonds	$ 12.8

XML

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND CARES ACT (Details) $ in Millions		9 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 27, 2020 USD ($)	Sep. 30, 2021 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2021 USD ($) Intallment
COVID-19 [Abstract]
Total amount expected to be received under CARES Act			$ 27.4
Number of installments used to allocated funds to schools | Intallment			2
Emergency grants available in first installment under CARES Act		$ 13.7
Utilized amount of permitted expenses		$ 13.7
Deferred payments under CARES Act			$ 2.3
CRRSAA provided an additional amount to Education Stabilization Fund	$ 81,900.0
Amount included in Education Stabilization Fund for HEERF	$ 22,700.0
DOE allocated amount to schools			24.4
Emergency grants distributed to students under CRRSAA and ARPA Act			$ 14.8

XML

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021	Dec. 31, 2020
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Abstract]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 28,639	$ 20,367
Charged to expense	26,794	26,887
Accounts written-off	(23,512)	(18,615)
Balance at end of period	$ 31,921	$ 28,639